Sensor Deployment Phase II - BidNet

1

Scope of Services

Sensor Deployment Phase II

Document version Issued

Date 02‐02‐2018

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTEXT & OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 4

SCOPE OF SERVICES .............................................................................................................................. 5

2.1 Objectives ...................................................................................................................................... 5

2.2 Success Criteria ............................................................................................................................. 5

2.3 Locations ....................................................................................................................................... 6

2.4 Contractor Scope of Services ........................................................................................................ 8

2.4.1 Functional Requirements of Sensor Deployment Phase II ..................................................... 8

2.4.2 Site Assessment & Planning Visit ........................................................................................... 9

2.4.3 Design ................................................................................................................................... 10

2.4.4 Networking ........................................................................................................................... 15

2.4.5 Vibration Monitoring System ............................................................................................... 16

2.4.6 Outage Planning ................................................................................................................... 17

2.4.7 Pilot Program ....................................................................................................................... 17

2.4.8 Commissioning ..................................................................................................................... 17

2.4.9 Site Personnel ...................................................................................................................... 18

2.4.10 Major Task/Deliverables Work Plan ..................................................................................... 19

2.5 Authority Scope of Services ........................................................................................................ 22

2.6 Warranty ..................................................................................................................................... 22

RFP PROCESS & SUBMITTALS REQUIRED WITH BID PROPOSAL ......................................................... 22

3.1 Pre‐Bid Meeting and Site Walk ................................................................................................... 22

3.2 Submittals Required with Bid Proposal ...................................................................................... 22

3.3 Proposal Evaluation Criteria ........................................................................................................ 23

SCHEDULE OF DELIVERABLES .............................................................................................................. 24

ATTACHMENT A – DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................ 25

ATTACHMENT B – SITE LIST ................................................................................................................. 26

ATTACHMENT C – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT SENSORS ....................................... 27

ATTACHMENT D – OSI PI NAMING CONVENTION .............................................................................. 28

3

ATTACHMENT E – ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA ............................................................................... 29

ATTACHMENT F – CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA ...................................................................................... 30

ATTACHMENT G – SENSOR DEPLOYMENT PHASE I – 90% DESIGN SENY & CENTRAL .................... 31

ATTACHMENT H – SENSOR DEPLOYMENT PHASE I – 90% DESIGN WESTERN & NORTHERN ......... 32

ATTACHMENT I ‐ SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................ 33

ATTACHMENT J – SCHEDULE OF VALUES ........................................................................................ 34

ATTACHMENT K – 2018 OUTAGE SCHEDULE .................................................................................. 35

ATTACHMENT L ‐ CIP ATTRIBUTES .................................................................................................. 36

ATTACHMENT M – CAD REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 37

ATTACHMENT N – QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM ..................................................................... 38

ATTACHMENT O – VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM SCOPE ....................................................... 39

ATTACHMENT P – ASSET MANAGEMENT REQUIRED FIELDS .......................................................... 40

4

CONTEXT & OVERVIEW

The New York Power Authority (NYPA, Authority) is engaged in the generation and transmission of

electricity for the benefit of New York State. The Authority’s installed generating capacity is close to

6,000MW, of which 4,400MW is hydroelectric, including pumped storage. The Authority also owns and

operates 1,400 circuit‐miles of transmission lines across NY State.

In 2014, NYPA’s Strategic Vision defined two infrastructure modernization initiatives:

1. Asset Management Strategic Initiative

2. Smart Generation & Transmission Strategic Initiative

The Sensor Deployment Program aligns with the Smart G&T Strategic Initiative roadmap area of

situational awareness and the Asset Management Strategic Initiative.

Sensors will further aide in the diagnoses of equipment health maintenance optimization, lending to

failure prevention by:

Collection of data

Concentrate data

Search & analyze

Visualize & Share

Implementation of the Sensor Deployment Program has been divided into two Phases as follows:

Phase I (by others): Engineering and design was completed in January of 2018. The furnishing

and installation of cable, conduits and networking devices to connect existing sensors for Phase I

is scheduled to be completed by September 2018. The Issue for Construction (IFC) packages for

this phase have been included as Attachment G & H and will be released to bidders upon

entering in to a non‐disclosure agreement.

Phase II (This Scope of Services): Engineering, design, procurement and installation of cable,

conduits, networking devices, and new sensors on critical assets spanning all four of the

Authority’s regions.

Central to this initiative was the development of an Asset Health Monitoring & Diagnostics Center, the

Integrated Smart Operation Center (iSOC), which created new decision‐making capabilities by

aggregating existing and future data streams to monitor, diagnose, and inform asset management

decisions. In effect, the iSOC extends asset capacity, stabilizes maintenance and inventory costs, and

mitigates the impact of catastrophic events. The iSOC is located on the 8th floor of the Authority’s White

Plains office.

5

Through this RFP, the Authority seeks to implement a network of Sensor Systems that transmit

identified parameter data to the iSOC from each identified asset. The Authority also seeks for this

project to leverage the number of repetitive installations of sensors across similar asset classes to

standardize data collection protocol. The Authority reserves the right to award this contract(s) to

multiple Contractors by individual, multiple or all regions.

SCOPE OF SERVICES

2.1 Objectives

The objective of the Sensor Deployment Phase II project is to provide increased real‐time insight into

asset health status and productivity to optimize regular maintenance spend, deter emergent capital

spending, and reduce environmental, regulatory and safety penalties. The Authority is looking to partner

with a Contractor, or selection of Contractors, to implement a state‐of‐the‐art sensor network that will

provide data for analysis from critical assets to inform asset management decisions on both a routine

and emergent basis.

For the Sensor Deployment Phase II project, the successful Bidder(s) will be expected to complete the

following, but not limited to, tasks and deliverables:

1. Perform site/field visits to each location to verify existing conditions and obtain feedback on

networking capabilities.

2. Design, procure, install, and commission the identified sensors at each asset (Reference

Attachment A‐ O)

3. Design, procure, install and commission a communications network, including System 1

upgrades, that will transmit the diagnostic data from each of the sensors to the iSOC

4. Configure OSI PI systems including PI naming (Reference Attachment D)

5. Provide a detailed schedule of the installation of the sensors (Reference Attachment I)

6. Provide and coordinate a schedule of outages (Reference Attachment K)

7. Address any data quality needs or cleanup necessary to effectively transmit the senor data to

the iSOC

8. Provide As‐built drawings per the Authority’s clone process (Reference Attachment M)

2.2 Success Criteria

The Sensor Deployment Phase II project seeks to install and network the required sensors to provide

critical asset health data to the iSOC, to be analyzed and incorporated into regular maintenance and

operations. The Authority has identified a suite of parameters across several assets types that have

been determined as critical data for this analysis. In efforts to ensure the best sensors are installed and

implemented – the Authority views success achieved across multiple stages:

1. Physical installation and energization

6

2. Network communications

3. Data transfer to the Integrated Smart Operation Center

If at any point during sensor installation the sensor does not successfully fulfill the Authority’s intended

goal, the Contractor shall be obligated to work with the Authority to cure the issue, at no additional

cost.

2.3 Locations

Authority facilities extend across New York State. Facilities range from hydroelectric generating facilities,

including pumped storage, fossil fuel turbine generating facilities, transmission lines and interconnecting

substations. Table 2.3 lists and describes the sites and locations where work is to be performed as part

of Sensor Deployment Phase II Scope of Services. The table below gives an address for each site and

identifies the ownership. The Authority does not have full jurisdictional control of each of the sites

below. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work with the Authority and the owners

at each of the locations and must follow all site protocols and procedures for the entire Scope of

Services.

Table 2.3 – NYPA Regions, Sites, Locations, Ownership, and Addresses

Region Site Ownership Location Address

Western New York

Niagara (NIA) NYPA

Switchyard

5777 Lewiston Road Lewiston, N Y 14092

Robert Moses Niagara Power Plant (RMNPP)

Lewiston Pump Generating Plant (LPGP)

Northern New York

St. Lawrence (STL)

NYPA

SAMAC Switchyard

Robert Moses Power Dam Massena, NY 13662

Robert Moses Power Dam (RMPD)

Sub‐Stations NYPA

Willis

Plattsburgh

Adirondack

Saranac

Patnode

Duley

Ryan

Massena

7

Northern New York

Microwave Towers

NYPA

Big Hill

Cooper Hill

Massena

Moses

Plattsburgh

Ryan

Willis

Wilson Corners

Central New York

Clark Energy Center (CEC)

NYPA

Marcy – 765kV 6520 Glass Factory Road Marcy, NY 13403

Marcy – 345kV

Boonville

Belfort

Blenheim‐Gilboa (BG)

NYPA BG Switchyard 397 Power Plant Access Road Gilboa, NY

12076 BG Plant

South East New York

500 MW

NYPA 500 MW Plant 31st Street & 20th Avenue Astoria, NY 11105 Con‐

Ed/NYPA Astoria Annex

Small Clean Power Plants

(SCPP) NYPA

Hell Gate (BX) 910 E 134th Street / Locust Avenue, Bronx, NY 10454

Harlem River (BX)

132nd Street & St Ann's, Bronx, NY 10454

Gowanus (BK) 730 3rd Avenue/23rd Street, Brooklyn, NY 11232

Kent (BK) 47‐79 River Street / North 1st, Brooklyn, NY 11211

Pouch Terminal (SI)

143 Edgewater, Staten Island, NY 10305

Brentwood (LI) G Road, Brentwood, Brentwood, NY 11717

Sprain Brook Con‐

Ed/NYPA Sprain Brook Tuckahoe Road, Yonkers, NY 10710

SENYTRAN

LIPA/NYPA East Garden City

600 Stewart Avenue Garden City, NY 11050

NYPA South Transition Station

136 West Shore Road, Port Washington, NY 11530

Flynn (FLN) NYPA Flynn Plant 607 Union Avenue Holtsville, NY 11742

WPO NYPA White Plains Office

123 Main Street, White Plains, NY 10601

8

2.4 Contractor Scope of Services

The Sensor Deployment Phase II project implements a system installed on the Authority’s business LAN

(Local Area Network) that will monitor and log the information from Sensor Systems to be installed on

critical assets. The information will be used to determine maintenance intervals and improve reliability

of the critical equipment. The newly installed Sensor Systems will be networked through the Authority’s

business LAN. The data will be collected by the OSI PI System and analyzed by the Authority’s Condition

Monitoring and Predictive Maintenance systems.

The following section presents the initial overall functionality for Sensor Deployment Phase II, as well as

a table of major deliverables envisioned by the Authority.

2.4.1 FunctionalRequirementsofSensorDeploymentPhaseII

The critical assets included in the Sensor Deployment Phase II project and the associated sensor systems

are outlined below. Each sensor system is detailed in Attachment C, quantities of each asset and sensor

system, by location and region, are provided in Attachment J.

Transformers & Reactors:

o Bushing Monitoring

o Main Tank Dissolved Gas Analyzer (DGA)

o Infrared Camera (Temperature of tank, bushings, cooling system, and Load Tap Changer)

o Temperature (Oil and Winding)

Circuit Breakers:

o Circuit Breaker Monitor (Pressure, Moisture, Density, Timing and Travel, Interrupter

Wear, Cabinet Temp, Coil Current, Coil Continuity, Motor Current, Control Voltage,

Busing Leakage Current)

Battery Banks:

o Battery Monitor (System Voltage, Cell Voltage, Load Current, Intercell Resistance,

Internal Resistance, Cell Temperature, Ambient Temperature, Electrolyte Level, Ground

Fault Monitor)

Fluid Filled Cable System:

o Leak Detection

Combustion Turbines and Generators:

o Lube, Seal & Hydraulic Oil Discharge Pressure

o Turning Gear Motor Current

o Inlet Air Filter Differential Air Pressure

o Combustion Turbine Blade Health

9

o Generator Monitoring

o Reliability Max

o Pre‐Catalyst Emissions

Steam Turbines and Generators:

o Lube & Hydraulic Oil Discharge Pressure

o Turning Gear Motor Current

Hydro Turbines and Generators:

o Air Gap Monitoring

o Bearing Oil Temperature

o Head Cover Priming Pressure

o Runner Band Drain Valve Oil Pressure

o Runner Band Drain Valve Water Pressure

o Spherical Valve Servomotor Oil Pressures

o Spherical Valve Differential Water Pressure

o Vibration Monitoring for Rotor Journals & Bearings

o Vibration Monitoring for Shaft Bearings

o Wicket Gasket Servomotor Oil Pressures

o Wicket Gasket Steam Leakage Flow Rate

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the Sensor Systema designed and installed for each

asset transmits the data to the iSOC as specified in Attachment C.

2.4.2 SiteAssessment&PlanningVisit

The Contractor is required to perform site/field visits to each location identified in Table 2.3 at the kick‐

off level to introduce conceptual/preliminary designs to site engineering, verify existing conditions and

obtain feedback on proposed work. This includes preparation of preliminary engineering packages that

would serve as design basis for discussion and concurrence with project stake‐holders. Preliminary

engineering packages include, but are not limited to, markups of existing drawings and sketches of new

ones.

The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements:

1. Attend on‐site kick‐off meetings at each location to confirm requirements, schedule, and conduct a site survey to validate conceptual designs and existing conditions.

2. Provide kick‐off meeting minutes and site survey reports.

3. Conduct on‐site investigations as necessary to become familiar with all information pertaining to installation, wiring and network of the currently available sensor system. The Contractor shall also become familiar with any existing impediments and restrictions which could affect the development of design and deployment process.

4. Verify and coordinate schedules for all work requiring equipment outages.

10

5. Attend additional follow‐up meetings and site visits to obtain and confirm requirements, conditions, and site feedback.

6. Prepare a Basis of Design Document (BOD) or Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) which shall address all pertinent design considerations for each location and asset. The BOD shall include detailed design criteria based on Attachment E & F. Submit within 3 weeks after project kick‐off. The Authority will review and provide comments to be incorporated in the 30% design progress submittal.

2.4.3 Design The Contractor shall engineer, optimize and produce detailed engineering design packages for Phase II of this program to install and network the Sensor Systems to data concentrators and network architecture for all the assets provided in Attachment C. Detailed design shall mean an “Issue for Construction” level of completeness for the installation and/or connectivity of the Sensor Systems on each asset. The design shall include comprehensive elementary, schematic, wiring, cable schedule, plan and elevations, bill of materials, conduit and raceway, communication and network drawings, and other relevant design drawings, spec and documents for fully operational sensor systems. The Contractor shall perform field investigation, analysis, evaluation, preliminary and detailed engineering design execution using multiple crews of field investigators visiting the sites in parallel to achieve the Authority’s project goals and objectives as indicated in this document. The Contractor will be required to confirm prior preliminary engineering assumptions, functional and project requirements, and concepts. The design for this project will require work at the asset level at various locations throughout the multiple Authority facilities including, but not limited to, power plants, sub‐stations, as well as locations in terminal rooms, control rooms and communication rooms throughout all the sites listed on Table 2.3. The Contractor is required to determine, in collaboration with NYPA’s engineering and site team, practicable and allowable locations for the sensors to be installed on each individual type of asset and provide optimal engineering designs that meet the Authority’s requirements. The Contractor shall also coordinate sensor installment design with the OEM of the asset. The Contractor shall identify and evaluate existing conduit systems and consider the need for upgrades, or for new duct banks, cable trays, conduits and junction boxes to be utilized for the physical routing of communication and power supply cables between the location of the sensor and the data concentrator and the power source. Also, part of the scope is identifying suitable locations for sensor data concentrators collecting measurements from all sensors at each site, and identifying fiber optic cable routing, patch panel and switch locations where fibers from multiple sensors are merged to be further routed to the concentrator. Finally, providing secure network connectivity for the data concentrator via fiber to the Authority’s network in compliance with the North American Electric Reliability Corporation – Critical Infrastructure Protection (NERC‐CIP) requirements and any other governing codes/standards. The Contractor shall provide a fiber optic connection for each individual sensor for communication purposes between the sensor control cabinet and the data concentrator. In cases where the sensor does not include a fiber communication option, the Contractor should consider the installation of media converters as the communication backbone for this project will be entirely based on fiber optic cable.

11

The Contractor shall produce details and pin‐outs of the new fiber optic patch panels and connections to other existing fiber optics. Necessary upgrades to existing fiber optics should be considered. The project requires the Contractor to identify and implement the use of a reference communication architecture (IEC61850, MODBUS, or similar) for all new sensors being installed, and all existing sensors requiring connection to the communication interface. These characteristics will determine the type of data concentrator to be used at all sites, as one single device will be required to aggregate all data sources. The selected data concentrator shall be able to collect data from different sensors, as such, a standard protocol shall be optimal for addressing consistency and compatibility. Data collected from all asset sensors shall be manipulated using OSIsoft’s PI System. The Contractor shall utilize the Phase I design as an outline for the design and equipment selection of all new networking systems. Any substitutions or additions of networking equipment must be approved by the Authority’s IT Infrastructure, Operation Technology(OT) and Engineering teams. This network design must comply with NERC‐CIP cyber security and physical security standards. Based on the functional requirements for the sensor system, The Authority and the Contractor will work to define the network requirements to be documented by the Contractor and submitted as a design deliverable as part of the Basis of Design (BOD) document. The Contractor shall be responsible for detailed design and layout of the network system including, but not limited to, network cabinets, connections to existing NYPA’s network and updates to existing network schemes. The Contractor shall identify power requirements for each Sensor System and determine whether a power source local to the asset can support the additional load, or if new circuits are to be wired from distribution panels. The Contractor shall program all sensors, concentrators and network equipment utilizing the standard developed by the Authority during construction of Phase I and further detailed in Section 2.4.4. Design packages provided by the Contractor shall go through a minimum of three review cycles as follows. The Contractor shall provide an in‐person review presentation at each Design Review Cycle to the NYPA team. To compress review cycle time, the Authority will provide written comments to the Contractor for each of the 30%, 60% and 90% submittals within 10 days of submittal. The Contractor may continue with design incorporating the comments and will not require Authority approval to move to the next level of detail design. All the review comments must be responded to and addressed by the IFC submittal. The Contractor may only proceed to the construction phase of this project after the Authority has approved the IFC submittal and issued a written Notice to Proceed.

2.4.3.1 30%EngineeringDesignPackageandDrawingsRequest Prepare a conceptual design package for each location for NYPA review. This design shall include proposed locations and methods for installing the sensors, elementary drawings of proposed power sources, communication connections, and cable routing. Complete drawing requests shall be submitted upon NYPA’s concurrence on the conceptual design. The Contractor is required to attend an on‐site 30% review meeting and respond to NYPA review comments. The 30% design package shall include the following:

1. Submittal Cover Sheet, Submittal Memo, General Notes, Symbols, and Abbreviations.

12

2. Plans, Elevations, Sections, and Details to clearly identify the design intent, space layout, location of equipment and routing for distribution.

3. Preliminary phasing plan(s) including any required “temporary” construction.

4. New and existing elementary diagrams showing proposed connections to power and communications.

5. Deliverables at this level of completion include, but are not limited to:

a. Elementary drawings for the sensor and asset

b. Wiring drawings for the sensor and asset

c. Plan, elevations and layout drawings of the sensor and asset

d. Elementary drawings for the concentrator

e. Wiring drawings for the concentrator

f. Layout drawings for the concentrator

2.4.3.2 60%EngineeringDesignPackage The Contractor is required to issue review packages to the NYPA designated lead, WPO engineering, site engineering, and to the Authority’s Design & Drafting (D&D) group for verification of CAD requirements. The packages shall include complete sets of drawings required for the installation of the Sensor Systems at each location. These packages shall be prepared using NYPA issued drawing clones, following the Authority’s drafting requirements and standards outlined in Appendix M, and include installation and demolition drawings as required for each sensor and asset. The Contractor must respond to review comments and feedback provided on these packages, prior to submitting the IFC design package with NYPA acceptance of the response. The 60% design package shall include the following:

1. Submittal Cover Sheet, Submittal Memo, General Notes, Symbols, Spec and Abbreviations.

2. Complete set of installation and demolition drawings including physical, electrical and communication drawings

3. Deliverables at this level of completion include, but are not limited to: a. Elementary drawings for the sensor and asset


c. Plan, elevations and layout drawings of the sensor and asset including Bills of Materials

d. Elementary drawings for the concentrator

e. Wiring drawings for the concentrator

f. Layout drawings for the concentrator including Bills of Materials

g. Conduit and cable routing

h. Network drawings

i. Other drawings deemed necessary during previous review cycles 4. Drawing list

13

2.4.3.3 90%EngineeringDesignPackage The Contractor is required to issue final review packages to the NYPA designated lead, WPO engineering, site engineering, and to the Authority’s Design & Drafting (D&D) group for verification of CAD requirements. The packages shall include complete sets of drawings required for the installation of the Sensor Systems at each location. These packages shall be prepared using NYPA issued drawing clones, following the Authority’s drafting requirements and standards outlined in Attachment M, and include installation and demolition drawings as required for each sensor and asset. Additional revisions (>Rev B) might be required by the Authority. The Contractor must respond to review comments and feedback provided on these comments, prior to submitting the IFC design package with NYPA acceptance of the response. The 90% design package shall include the following:

1. Submittal Cover Sheet, Submittal Memo, General Notes, Symbols, Specifications and Abbreviations

2. Complete set of installation and demolition drawings including physical, electrical and communication drawings




d. Structural support, wall penetration, and fireproofing details

e. Structural calculations, where applicable

f. Elementary drawings for the concentrator

g. Wiring drawings for the concentrator

h. Layout drawings for the concentrator including Bills of Materials

i. Conduit and cable routing

j. Network drawings

k. Other drawings deemed necessary during previous review cycles 4. Drawing list

2.4.3.4 IFCEngineeringDesignPackage The Contractor is required to submit Issued for Construction (IFC) engineering design packages upon the Authority’s review of the 90% engineering design package. IFC packages shall be sealed by a State of New York Licensed Professional Engineer and shall include complete sets of drawings required for the installation of the Sensor Systems at each location for each asset. These packages shall be prepared using NYPA issued drawing clones, following the Authority’s drafting requirements and standards outlined in Attachment M, and include installation and demolition drawings as required for each sensor and asset and facility. All comments provided by NYPA during previous design reviews must be identified and reflected on these packages, guaranteeing a 100% level of completion. Upon approval of the IFC Engineering Design Package, the Authority will issue written notice to proceed and the Contractor may

14

begin construction. The IFC design package shall include the following:

1. Submittal Cover Sheet, Submittal Memo, General Notes, Symbols, Full Specs and Abbreviations.

2. Electronic copies of complete sets of installation and demolition drawings including physical, electrical and communication drawings in the following formats:

a. DWG (compatible with AutoCAD 2012, or as required by the D&D group

b. PDF

c. DWF (one single file) 3. Hard copies of complete sets of installation and demolition drawings including physical,

electrical and communication drawings




d. Structural support, wall penetration, and fireproofing details

e. Structural calculations, where applicable

f. Elementary drawings for the concentrator

g. Wiring drawings for the concentrator

h. Layout drawings for the concentrator including Bills of Materials

i. Conduit and cable routing

j. Network drawings

k. Other drawings deemed necessary during previous review cycles 5. Drawing list

2.4.3.5 ContractorDocumentationandSubmittals In addition to the Division 01 Specification for the standard document submittal requirements, the Contractor shall satisfy the following requirements:

1. Progress submittals require Authority review. Allow 10 days for NYPA review.

2. Submittals deemed incomplete and/or of poor quality shall be corrected and resubmitted. Examples of poor quality: required content missing, technical errors, not following NYPA drafting standards, poor coordination, and numerous grammatical errors.

3. Final design submittal shall be PE sealed and issued for construction upon approval of the IFC submittal.

4. Any design to be performed by the contractor shall have a reviewer different than designer to check the design, drawings and calculations. Designer, reviewer and approver shall put their signatures in calculations, specifications and drawings.

5. All design submittals shall be accompanied by a cover letter containing an updated summary of the proposed scope of services, list of design documents (number and title), resolution of

15

comments from previous submittal and discussion of any outstanding questions and items for NYPA’s attention.

6. Design progress submittals shall include a minimum of two hard copies and PDF files. Microsoft Word files of draft specifications or reports shall be provided upon request to facilitate NYPA review.

7. Calculation submittals shall include full details of any proprietary software used along with back‐up for all input. Contractor shall submit direct computer output prints to the Authority only after a detailed manual review and validation of the output with a summary of the results.

8. Contractor’s engineer shall respond to NYPA comments in writing and shall address the comments prior to the IFC design submittal.

9. Final design submittals and As‐built Drawings shall include a minimum of two hard copies, PDF files and AutoCAD files for drawings prepared.

2.4.4 Networking As part of the Sensor Deployment Phase I (by others), networking equipment and communications backbone infrastructure is being designed at many of the NYPA sites for sensor interconnection including provisions for Sensor Deployment Phase II sensor connections. Phase II design at these sites shall integrate with the Phase I installations. Final design packages for the Phase I equipment will be provided to the Contractor upon execution of a non‐disclosure agreement. Bidders shall reference the Phase I 90% Design provided in Attachments G and H to understand the scope of networking equipment to be installed during Phase I. Phase II network design, construction and commissioning shall utilize the design and specifications in the Phase I final design package as an outline to design, construct and commission any networking required during Phase II. All new networking equipment shall be of similar make and manufacture as included in the Phase I design. The Phase II design shall provide a minimum of 20% spare port/connection capacity for future expansion.

2.4.4.1 Axion/RTACConfiguration

The Contractor shall configure or re‐configure all field Axions (RTACs) as well as the Plant Master RTACs. Configuration shall include: 1. Configuration includes designing /creating the Axion (SEL 2240) RTAC mapping config. files to

read in the sensor data, alarms and diagnostic info from the field sensors. Map the data registers within the Axions to allow the Plant Master RTAC (SEL 3555) to poll for the sensor data, alarms and diagnostic information. Design and create the Plant Master RTAC configuration file to read in sensor data, alarms and diagnostic information from the field Axions. i. Data, alarms and diagnostic information from field sensors to the Axion will be assumed to

be via either: 1. Modbus TCP (Preferred) 2. Modbus RTU 3. DNP 3.0 (Serial or TCP/IP) 4. 4‐20mA hardwired

ii. Axions will act as a Master/Client to the smart sensors

16

iii. Axions will act as a Slave/Server to the Plant Master RTAC 2. Documentation for the data register maps (either Modbus or DNP map) for each of the smart

sensors shall be provided by the contractor. 3. Create a complete data address/register map, of the path, from end to end (Smart Sensor to

OSI PI) of each of the tags, for each of the sensors (One complete map for each site). 4. Configuration scheme and firmware revision levels of the Axions and Master RTACs should be

consistent, as much as possible, across the NYPA fleet.

A copy of all As‐Commissioned Axion and RTAC configuration files shall be provided to NYPA, one

submittal package per site.

2.4.4.2 OSIPIHistorianConfigurationandNaming All the Authority locations are equipped with existing PI servers and Historians except for Clark Energy

Center. The Authority is currently installing a PI server at this location and the expected completion date

is in April of 2018.

1. Contractor shall collaborate with the Authority IT contact for configuration of Historian environment(s) at each location, including tag creation and adherence to naming conventions, at the iSOC, to ensure all individual sensor data is collected for analysis.

2. Contractor shall provide detailed network and firewall requirements in advance of installation, including location‐specific specifications and estimates as follows:

3. Anticipated number of points, polling frequency, and resulting bandwidth and storage requirements

4. Details regarding any required ports, communication protocols, directionality, and firewall configuration

5. Connect all new sensor data to local site PI Historian, in accordance with Authority security and network standards.

6. The Authority will provide current‐state environment configuration as needed 7. End‐to‐end verification (accuracy and completion) of data flow

2.4.5 VibrationMonitoringSystem Within the first two weeks of award, the Contractor shall schedule, with General Electric Company (GE), an audit of the existing Bentley Nevada vibration monitoring systems at all turbine generation sites. The audit results shall be shared with the Authority. Using the GE recommendations, the Contractor shall coordinate with Authority site operations personnel to revise/update and submit a procurement, installation, and commissioning plan to upgrade all turbine generation sites to utilize System 1. A detailed scope for the System 1 upgrade is provided in Attachment O.

17

2.4.6 OutagePlanning During the first 2 months after contract award, Contractor shall prepare a detailed outage schedule for the project. All work requiring an outage shall be coordinated with the Authority and utilize existing outages to the best extent possible. A draft outage schedule shall be submitted to the Authority for review and comment prior to final issue.

It is understood that completion of the scope of services requiring equipment outages cannot be completed within the provided 2018 equipment outages. The Contractor is responsible for providing a fully coordinated outage schedule, for both 2018 and 2019, with the Authority. The Authority will provide personnel to help coordinate the scheduling of this work with the Contractor, NYISO and all other authority having jurisdictions. Contractor should note that NYISO typically only approves major outages during the Spring and Fall periods of January 1 to May 30, and September 1 to December 15. If the Contractor/Authority cannot schedule an outage within the provided contract schedule, the Authority reserves the right to remove the scope from the contract or extend the schedule at its discretion. The Contractor shall design, furnish, install and commission all scope not dependent on outages prior to the scheduled outage, only the final sensor system installation on the asset, testing and commissioning shall be outage dependent.

2.4.7 PilotProgram The authority will coordinate a Pilot Program with the successful Bidder/s, as part of the Sensor Deployment Phase II project. This pilot program will include the site/field visit, design, procurement, installation, commissioning, System 1 upgrades, communications networking and PI system configuration and naming for one of each sensor system on one of each asset type. The Authority will coordinate the location and schedule of each asset to be included in the pilot program after the award of the contract. The Pilot Program shall be completely in service prior to installation of the remaining sensors for each asset type in the Sensor Deployment Phase II Scope of Services. The cost of the Pilot Program shall be included in the base bid and the Sensor Systems and assets will be selected by the Authority from the Schedule of Values (Attachment J). The Authority may include assets at one or multiple locations in this program.

2.4.8 Commissioning

The Contractor shall coordinate an installation and commissioning schedule with the Authority site personnel. The Contractor must provide, at a minimum, two experienced engineers for the duration of commissioning activities at each location. The Authority may elect to perform have commissioning work on a 6/10 schedule without any cost increase. (10 hours per day, Monday to Saturday). Contractor must prepare and submit a step by step commissioning procedure to the Authority for approval 90 days before commissioning. Contractor shall maintain a complete record of the results of commissioning. These records shall be inclusive of the steps enumerated in the test procedures and shall be delivered to NYPA at the completion of the Site Acceptance Test. The test records shall be available to NYPA at all time and shall include the following:

1. Reference to the appropriate section of the test procedure.

18

2. Description of any special test conditions or special action taken (e.g., test data) 3. Test results, including a full description of any failures noted. 4. A copy of any variance report generated, and the resolution. 5. Identification of the vendor Test Engineer and Owner’s representative witnessing the test. 6. Date of the test, and any associated re‐test. 7. Provision for signatures and comments by Owner’s representatives. 8. Copies of outputs generated on hardcopy devices (e.g., diagnostic printouts).

The Contractor shall provide test procedures, test hardware and software, and all necessary space and facilities for the testing. Contractor shall provide all manpower necessary to perform tests with Authority’s and manufacturer’s representatives only witnessing the testing. The Authority may elect for Authority representatives to perform any or all portions of the test, with a Contractor representative assisting. If, as a result of the test, it is determined that the system has not been adequately designed, manufactured or debugged, the test shall be halted and re‐run at a time agreed upon between the Contractor and the Authority at no additional cost and with no relief in schedule. Successful completion of the test shall in no way constitute final acceptance of the system or of any part of it. The Contractor shall still be obligated to provide a system in accordance with the scope of services. The Contractor is responsible for the calibration and certification of all test equipment. The Contractor shall provide a completed Excel spreadsheet with the information for each field included in Attachment P for entry into the Authority’s asset management system. All defects discovered during the installation and commissioning of the new equipment shall be recorded in the Corrective Action Database which shall be maintain by the Contractor. All defects shall be corrected prior to the completion of the commissioning of the unit.

2.4.9 SitePersonnel The Contractor shall provide a minimum of one project manager per region, one quality control manager per region and one project superintendent per location. Project Superintendents may be responsible for multiple locations; however, each location must have a Project Superintendent present during any construction/configuration activity. All onsite project personnel are required to be present at each region/location for the duration of construction/configuration activities, including any warranty or service work. All onsite project personnel shall be assigned full time to this project. No one person may hold more than one title without the Authority’s approval.

1. Project Manager (PM) ‐ Unless otherwise specified, contractor must supply a full time, onsite Project Manager while work is in progress. The PM is responsible for overall project management, project quality, quality of purchased materials and quality of sub‐contracted work and personnel qualifications. The PM performs overall control of the project. His duties include implementing and tracking the submittal program; ensuring adequate staffing for the project, monitoring and controlling the schedule and budget, providing liaison with the customer and providing guidance to the field forces. The PM is responsible for all aspects of the project, including quality, schedule and work plan. He also insures that products and services

19

satisfy customer requirements including quality, safety, cost, schedule, performance, reliability, durability, accuracy, and maintainability. The PM has authority to direct work to begin and to halt work for reasons of safety or quality.

2. Project Superintendent (PS) ‐ Unless otherwise specified, contractor must supply a full time PS at all time while work is in progress. The PS shall be located onsite and shall be responsible for the overall site project quality, quality of purchased materials, quality of sub‐contracted work, and personnel qualifications. The responsibilities of the Site Safety Representative (SSR) shall be delegated to the PS. The PS performs overall control of the project at site. PS duties include; ensuring adequate staffing for the project, monitoring and controlling the site schedule and budget, providing liaison with the customer and providing guidance to the field forces. The PS is responsible for all on‐site aspects of the project including quality, site schedule and work plan. He also ensures that products and services satisfy customer requirements including quality, safety, cost, site schedule, performance, reliability, durability, accuracy, and maintainability. The PS is responsible for leading weekly progress meetings and for the implementation and execution of the installation quality control system for all aspects of the work specified. The PS has authority to direct work to begin and to halt work for reasons of safety or quality.

3. Quality Control Manager (QCM) – The QCM is responsible for the overall management of the site QC System. The QCM shall administer the quality control plans, plan and direct all inspection and reporting activities. The QCM will review, resolve and approve all inspection reports, non‐conformance reports, field changes and other quality assurance documentation. The QCM shall interface with the Authority, inspectors, engineers and personnel regarding, quality issues, non‐conformances, inspections and tests. The QCM shall conduct periodic inspections to ensure that equipment, materials and operations are in compliance with the quality control plan, contract specifications, and regulatory requirements, assure that all site personnel (employees, subcontractors, etc.) have received proper training, consult with the Contractor’s headquarters, subcontractors, suppliers and other project supervisory personnel to assure compliance with the quality control requirement of the contract. The QCM also ensures all inspections, tests, non‐conformance, field changes and other quality issues are properly documented and rectified in accordance with the contract. The QCM is responsible for on‐site quality of the installed product or service, for the control at site of incoming and outgoing documents, for the control of quality records, and for the implementation and execution of the Installation Quality Control System for all aspects of the work specified. The QCM is also responsible for tracking of on‐site nonconforming items, for planning and daily progress of inspection and testing.

2.4.10 Major Task/DeliverablesWorkPlan The following table describes rough order of work for the five (5) major tasks/deliverable groups of the Sensor Deployment Phase II project. Regardless of which Phase II Sensor Systems, asset, or location, it will be expected to adhere to the below major task/deliverable sequence.

20

# Major Task/Deliverable Task/Deliverable Description

1 Assess and Plan

The Contractor is required to perform site/field visits to each location identified in Table 2.3 to verify existing conditions and obtain feedback on proposed work and networking capabilities. This includes preparation of preliminary engineering packages that would serve as design basis for discussion and concurrence with project stake‐holders. Preliminary engineering packages include, but are not limited to, markups of existing drawings and sketches of proposed work.

The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements:

Attend on‐site kick‐off meetings at each NYPA location to confirm requirements, schedule, and conduct a site survey to validate conceptual designs and existing conditions.

Provide kick‐off meeting minutes and site survey reports.

Attend additional follow‐up meetings and site visits to obtain and confirm requirements, conditions, and site feedback.

The Contractor shall review existing drawings and conduct on‐site investigations as necessary to become familiar with all information pertaining to installation, wiring and network of the new sensor system. The Contractor shall also become familiar with any existing impediments and restrictions which could affect the development of design and deployment process.

Prepare a Basis of Design Document (BOD) or Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) which shall address all pertinent design considerations for each NYPA location and asset. The BOD shall also confirm or provide update and/or supplement to the Preliminary Engineering Report.

Provide Coordinated Outage Schedule

Provide a Preliminary schedule (to include coordinated outages and pilot program)

2 Design

Provide a detailed project overview and deployment plan. The plan shall contain all functional specifications and requirements, specific technical requirements, safety and quality plans and a detailed schedule.

Detailed schedule (to include coordinated outages and pilot program)

Design Package (Submitted, per site, to NYPA for review at 30%, 60%, 90% and IFC)

Identify witness and hold points for Quality Assurance Plan

Construction specifications

Configure specifications

Hardware specifications

21

# Major Task/Deliverable Task/Deliverable Description

3 Procurement and

Installation

Following the design phase, the Contractor will be required to procure and install the approved design. Testing and a comprehensive release plan shall be reviewed before Substantial Completion.

Procurement

Installation of approved design packages

Testing (coordinate with manufacturer support)

Release plan

Process documentation

4 OSI PI Configuration and

Naming

Contractor will be responsible for all OSI PI and Axion/RTAC configuration, OSI PI Naming, and software purchase and installation at the iSOC and indiviual site. Contractor shall test and trouble shoot to ensure the individual sensor data can be collected and analyzed as specified in Attachment C or provided by the manufacturer.

OSI PI Configuration

OSI PI Naming

Axion/RTAC Configuration

Software license puruchase and intallation (provide a optional enterprise licensing cost)

Trouble Shooting

5 Final Turnover

Contractor will be responsible for any necessary procedures for substantial completion and supporting materials. This includes:

Substanial Completion o Engineering o Installation o Networking o Testing/commissioning

PI Configuration file

Asset Management Spreadsheet

As‐built Record Drawings (NYPA clone format)

Training (including teacher education, material development, any necessary maintenance training)

Transfer of manufacturers’ warranties and support contracts

The Authority requires the fully tested, deployed, networked and functional Sensor Systems substantially complete by December 2019. The initial data assessment component should last no longer than Q2 2018 and deadlines for the remaining deliverables shall follow the schedule provided in section 4. The Contractor shall drive and participate in meetings with all relevant stakeholders to gather inputs, develop project priorities, present, review and discuss the scope‐of‐work and subsequent comments. The Contractor shall assume that several meetings will be held at NYPA’s facilities across the state.

22

The Contractor shall also assume that regular progress meetings will be held in the White Plains office or via teleconference. These sessions will be conducted on a bi‐weekly basis, or more often if needed. Meeting minutes shall be prepared by the Contractor. The Contractor shall report to NYPA on the progress of the project and any technical or schedule problems encountered on a weekly basis.

2.5 Authority Scope of Services

The execution of this project will be a close, collaborative partnership between the Contractor and the Authority. There will be regular touch‐points between both parties to ensure joint planning, progress review and decision‐making. The Authority will supply the following items and services:

As appropriate, NYPA will provide project liaisons (sitting across its Transmission Planning, R&D, Operations and Engineering divisions) who understand NYPA’s Smart G&T business goals and iSOC requirements and whose role will be to help oversee all aspects of this project, escalate issues and risks, capture key takeaways, and guide the Contractor’s team’s full‐time efforts.

Subject to the Contractor signing an Authority non‐disclosure agreement (NDA), the Authority will make available all existing documentation and data that are relevant to the Contractor Scope of Services and follows internal data‐sharing compliance guidelines. These will include, but may not be limited to the following:

o Relevant documentation around NYPA internal systems, data, applications and assets o Other resources deemed relevant by the vendor

The Authority will make available any internal personnel needed to be interviewed by the Contractor to perform the Contractor Scope of Services

Escorted access to the White Plains Headquarters Office and NYPA site locations

2.6 Warranty

The Contractor shall provide a warranty as detailed in Section SC‐16 of the Supplemental Conditions.

RFP PROCESS & SUBMITTALS REQUIRED WITH BID PROPOSAL

3.1 Pre‐Bid Meeting and Site Walk

A required pre‐bid meeting for questions and clarifications will be scheduled within two (2) weeks of the bid posting date.

Optional pre‐bid site walks for a representative selection of locations will be scheduled within three (3) weeks of the bid posting date. Contractors must submit a written request to attend in advance to the NYPA Procurement Representative.

3.2 Submittals Required with Bid Proposal

The Authority recognizes that proposals that address all our requirements may require partnerships

[software vendors, system integrators, etc.]. However, for this contract the Authority requires the

23

prime Contractors to provide end‐to‐end delivery that address system integration. The Authority will

consider Contractors that only bid one or a combination of regions. If you are only interested in bidding

on one or specific combination of the regions, please submit pricing for only those regions that you are

bidding and indicate whether you are an independent provider or partnering with other sub‐

contractors.

1. Provide a detailed work plan for each deliverable to show understanding of the scope of this project.

The work plan shall include any sub‐consultants, contractors, or vendors necessary to perform this

work.

2. Provide all sensor technical data required in section 5 of Attachment C for each sensor type.

3. Provide a comprehensive Quality Plan per Attachment A & N.

4. Provide a completed Schedule of Values found in Attachment J. NYPA will evaluate the cost of each

sensor type independently.

5. Provide a complete list of wage rates for all categories of work included in the scope of services,

including sub‐contractors wage rates.

6. The Authority desires an Exception‐free proposal which will be considered during the evaluation

phase.

7. Provide any proven methodologies and applicable experience similar to the services required in this

Scope of Services.

8. Audited Financial Statements that represent the overall financial condition of the Bidder (including

latest Annual Report).

9. Provide a proposed, detailed baseline schedule for completion of each task within the overall

project timeframe.

10. Provide a list of projects with a description of applicable experiences similar to the services required

in this Scope of Services, including contact information. Projects must include those worked on by

the individuals proposed to do this work.

11. Provide a list of proposed personnel for this project with a description of applicable experiences

similar to the services stated above, including resumes. Bidder should also provide, by title, the roles

that the proposed project participants will play in this project. This list should include all Sub‐

contractors and their roles

12. Provide 2‐3 client references with names of individuals, preferably managers of projects and

telephone numbers that enable the Authority to assess past performance.

13. Provide a proposed plan for safety management, including sub‐contractors.

14. Prove safety performance records for the past 3 years.

15. All proposals shall be valid for a period no less than 180 days from the final bid submission.

3.3 Proposal Evaluation Criteria

The following criteria shall be used in the evaluation of the Contractors’ proposals:

24

1. Experience ‐ The Authority will evaluate submitted materials for demonstrated experience and

knowledge shown by the previous performance of similar work.

2. Schedule compatibility ‐ The Bidder's proposed schedule will be evaluated for compliance to the

Authority’s requirements. Ability to develop schedule, complete tasks and meet deadlines, on time

and within budget.

3. Price ‐ The contract award will be based on the proposal that most meets the overall needs of the

contract. Project cost will not be the sole determining factor. The Bid amount shall be submitted to

perform all the work as indicated in the Bid/Contract Documents.

4. References ‐ The Bidder must provide a list of contacts that it, and its sub‐contractors, has

performed similar work. Bidder failure to meet the requirements of this section may result in no

further consideration of its Bid Proposal.

5. Safety – The Bidder will be evaluated on its safety history and its overall safety plan.

6. The Authority reserves the right, at its discretion, to require pre‐award presentations and inspection

of the facilities of selected Bidders.

SCHEDULE OF DELIVERABLES It is expected that the five tasks/deliverables outlined in the Scope of Services section would last no longer than 19 months. It is expected that all five tasks will be completed at different times for individual assets and sites. The schedule of deliverables below is a representation of the absolute deadline for each deliverable. Contractor’s schedule shall be developed to ensure that every deliverable for all sites meet the deadlines presented below.

# Major Deliverable Due Date

1 Assess and Plan Issue Coordinated Outage Schedule: July 27, 2018 Complete Site Visits: July 13, 2018

2 Design, Build and Configure December 31, 2019

3 Procurement and Installation October 31, 2019

4 OSI PI Configuration and Naming October 31, 2019

5 Transition As‐built Drawings: December 31, 2020 All other items: December 31, 2019

The Authority is aiming to have the pilot program complete by October of 2018. For all other facilities, a detailed schedule, including durations and task/deliverable details is required. The Authority understands the above schedule may need to be modified. However, the Asset Management Strategic Initiative is under an aggressive delivery schedule and, given adequate access to information and personnel, NYPA will expect Contractors to adhere to the schedule provided.

25

ATTACHMENT A – DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS

Division 1 Sensor Deployment Phase II

1


DIVISION 1 - PROJECT SPECIFICATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK .....................................................................................2

SECTION 01090 - REFERENCES ....................................................................................................7

SECTION 01100 - JOBSITE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................9

SECTION 01220 - PROJECT MEETINGS .......................................................................................19

SECTION 01240 - PROJECT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................21

SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES .......................................................................25

SECTION 01335 - DATA TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR ......................................28

SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, DOCUMENTS, AND SAMPLES ......30

SECTION 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES .........................................................38

SECTION 01440 - CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL ....................................................40

SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION ...................................................45

SECTION 01524 – ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH, SAFETY AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................................47

SECTION 01576 - FACILITY POLLUTION, WATER, AND EROSION CONTROL ...............58

SECTION 01577 - FACILITY PROTECTION AND SITE RESTORATION ...........................63

SECTION 01701 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ...............................................................................69

ATTACHMENT 1 – FIELD CHANGE NOTICE ..........................................................................73

ATTACHMENT 2 – FIELD CHANGE REQUEST ......................................................................75

ATTACHMENT 3 – DESIGN CHANGE NOTICE .......................................................................77

ATTACHMENT 4 – SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET ....................................................................79

ATTACHMENT 5 – CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTAL LOG ......................................................81

ATTACHMENT 6 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) SHEET ......................................83

ATTACHMENT 7 - CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION/MONITORING PROGRAM .............85


2

SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY Title of Project: Sensor Deployment Phase II

A. Location of Project:

Various locations refer to Attachment B for physical addresses

1.2 WORKS UNDER THIS CONTRACT

A. The work covered under these specifications consists of furnishing all plant supervision, labor, materials and equipment (except for services, materials, and/or equipment to be furnished by others as specifically referred to in the Contract Documents), and performing all operations required for the Sensor Deployment Phase II including, but not limited to the following:

The objective of the Sensor Deployment project is to provide increased real-time

insight into asset health status and productivity in order to optimize regular maintenance spend, deter emergent capital spending, and reduce environmental, regulatory and safety penalties. NYPA is looking to partner with a vendor or selection of vendors to phase in the implementation of a state-of-the-art Monitoring & Diagnostics Center (M&D Center) that will ultimately analyze data for all critical NYPA assets to inform smart asset management decisions on both a routine and emergent basis.

1. Perform site/field visits to each location to verify existing conditions and

obtain feedback on networking capabilities. 2. Design, procure, install, and commission the identified sensors at each

asset (Reference Attachment A- O) 3. Design, procure, install and commission a communications network,

including System 1 upgrades, that will transmit the diagnostic data from each of the sensors to the iSOC

4. Configure OSI PI system including PI naming (Reference Attachment D) 5. Provide a detailed schedule of the installation of the sensors (Reference

Attachment I) 6. Provide and coordinate a schedule of outages (Reference Attachment K) 7. Address any data quality needs or cleanup necessary to effectively

transmit the senor data to the iSOC 8. Provide As-built drawings per the Authority’s clone process (Reference

Attachment M)


3

1.3 SERVICES, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE

AUTHORITY:

The execution of this project will be a joint product development between the successful bidder and the Authority. There will be regular touch-points between both parties to ensure joint planning, progress review, and decision-making. The Authority will supply the following items and services: a. As appropriate according to the agreed commercial terms with the successful

bidder, NYPA will provide technical expertise and project resources (sitting across its Operations Technology, Information Technology, Operations Planning, R&D, Strategic Operations and Engineering divisions) who understand NYPA’s Smart G&T business goals and the grid’s Next-Gen EMS requirements, and whose role will be to help oversee all aspects of this effort, contribute expertise, escalate issues and risks, capture key takeaways, and guide the Vendor team’s full-time efforts.

b. Subject to the vendor signing the contract and a NYPA non-disclosure agreement (“NDA”), the Authority will make available existing NYPA-owned intellectual property, documentation and data that are relevant to the vendor scope of services and follows internal data-sharing compliance guidelines. These will include, but may not be limited to the following: i. Relevant, non-proprietary documentation about NYPA systems, data,

applications and assets. ii. Other resources deemed relevant by the successful bidder.

c. The Authority will make available any internal personnel needed to be

interviewed by the successful bidder to perform the vendor scope of services.

d. Escorted access to the White Plains office and other NYPA facilities.

1.4 COOPERATION

A. The New York Power Authority (hereinafter referred to as the “Authority”) shall

cooperate with the Contractor to facilitate the continuity and progress of the work. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Authority by minimizing the disturbance of the Authority's activities in the areas within or adjacent to the contract work.

B. With direction from the Authority’s Site Representative, the Contractor shall

coordinate all work activities with those of the Authority. The Contractor shall avoid


4

causing disruptions to the daily activities of the operation and maintenance personnel and their equipment at the Authority’s facilities. When work must be coordinated with plant personnel, the Contractor may be required to stop or rearrange the project schedule.

C. With direction from the Authority’s Site Representative, the Contractor shall

coordinate all work activities with other contractors performing work in these and adjacent areas. The Contractor shall avoid interference and ensure the continued progression of work.

D. All operations of the Contractor shall be confined to the areas authorized and

approved by the Authority. No unauthorized and unwarranted entry or passage, storage or disposal of materials shall be made upon the property of the Authority.

E. The Contractor shall maintain access to existing roads to the jobsite at all times.

When work will interfere with access to the facilities, the Contractor shall advise the Authority of the proposed work schedule at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance. The Authority will strive to accommodate the proposed work schedule.

F. The Contractor shall be responsible for the conduct of all employees in relation with

one another, all Authority employees, and other contractors working at the Authority’s facilities. Any misconduct shall be dealt with in a responsible and timely matter by the Contractor.

1.5 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. The lists of equipment, tabulations of data, and schedules appearing in the specifications and/or drawings are included only for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor in arriving at a more complete understanding of the intended scope of work. They are not intended, or to be construed, as relieving the responsibility of the Contractor in conducting their own takeoffs and preparing a work plan.

B. The Contractor shall perform all measurements necessary to determine actual

dimensions for the matching and proper fit of new material to the existing components.

C. The Contractor is responsible for taking measurements of existing conditions and

elevations. These shall take precedence over dimensions provided in the Contract Documents. If an error should exist, deviations from the Contract Documents shall be made only after an agreement in writing is obtained from the Authority.

1.6 OBSTACLES AND MINOR ADJUSTMENTS

A. The drawings are not intended to show all details and requirements relating to the

scope of work. The Contractor shall advise the Authority's Site Representative


5

immediately, in writing, when the Contractor encounters obstacles or discrepancies, which require minor changes or adjustments to the approved design and work procedures.

1.7 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

A. The Contractor is expected to be familiar with the standard abbreviation symbols

used in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall inform the Authority, in writing, of any unclear or unknown abbreviation or symbol. Unless notified, the Authority will assume that the Contractor is fully familiar with all such items and can execute the work accordingly.

1.8 LANGUAGE AND SYSTEM OF UNITS

A. All dimensions, descriptions, calculations, drawings, test reports, progress estimates,

packing lists, and correspondences submitted to the Authority shall be in English and shall have English system of units throughout, in addition to any other language and any other system of units. Where the English language or system of units is in conflict with the language or system of units used by the Contractor, the English language and system of units shall be binding.

1.9 PROTECTION OF AUTHORITY PROPERTY AND PERSONNEL

A. The Contractor shall provide protection to prevent damage to the Authority property,

including all facilities, interior and exterior, during construction operations. B. The Contractor shall protect the occupants and surrounding areas against hazards

during constructions operation and shall provide safe access to Authority occupied areas. If elimination of access to any area becomes necessary, it shall occur only after advance notice and written approval by the Authority.

C. The Contractor shall provide necessary barricades, temporary partitions, other

separations including those for dust control, and closures to protect the Authority’s personnel, equipment, facilities, and the public from harm or injury due to the construction operations.

D. The Contractor shall repair any damage to Authority property to the satisfaction of

and at no cost to the Authority.

1.10 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. The Contractor shall assume full and complete responsibility for protection and security of their materials and equipment stored at the project location.

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE


6

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACT DRAWINGS Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Number TBD 3.2 CONTRACT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS Section Title Revision Number END OF SECTION 01010


7

SECTION 01090 - REFERENCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. All material and workmanship shall comply with, but not be limited to the

following U.S. standards where applicable, and other standards explicitly referred to in the specifications, including such revisions which are in effect on the date that Proposals are received.

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 4. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 5. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 7. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 8. International Building Code (IBC) 9. International Code Council (ICC) 10. International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 11. Instrumentation, Systems and Automation Society (ISA) 12. International Telecommunication Union (ITU) 13. North-American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) 14. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 15. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 16. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards (OSHA) 17. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

B. The Contractor may propose the use of standards that are equal to or better than the

above. In the event such standards are proposed, the Contractor shall submit the latest issue of the proposed standards and codes with any revisions in effect. The Contractor shall state all differences between the proposed standards and the above. All design and equipment shall adhere to the above standards except where the Contractor specifically states the differences, which are then accepted by the Authority. All proposed changes shall be documented in writing.

C. All parts, hardware, fittings, and materials shall conform to the standards listed

above and all others indicated in the Contract Documents. D. Materials furnished by the Contractor needed to complete all installations shall be

compatible with both existing and new Authority furnished materials and shall be in accordance with the standards applicable to the work.


8

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 EXECUTION NOT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION 01090


9

SECTION 01100 - JOBSITE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION A. All Contractors’ employees are required to attend an employee orientation

given by the Authority. The duration of the orientation is approximately two (2) hours.

B. The employee orientation will be held on the Authority's property and will be at

the Authority's expense. C. The employee orientation will cover the Authority's Safety, Fire Protection,

Environmental and Security requirements. D. No compensation will be offered for the loss of time to the Contractor for

attending the employee orientation. E. No unescorted Contractor employee will be permitted on the Authority's property

unless the employee orientation has been completed. F. Contractor's employees who occasionally visit the site will be permitted access if

escorted at all times by an employee who has completed the orientation. Truck drivers making deliveries to the site will require an escort by the Contractor.

1.2 SECURITY AND BACKGROUND SCREENING PROGRAM

A. The Contractor's personnel are expected to adhere to the Authority's security

requirements as included in the Authority Safety/Security Manual. Reasonable delays due to the Authority performing its security-related duties (i.e., verifying an employee’s identification badge, etc.) are to be expected by the Contractor.

B. All Contractors must comply with the background screening requirements outlined

in Appendix “D” – “SDP 45-01 Background Security Screening for NYPA Contractors”, found in the Bid Documents.

1.3 PHOTO IDENTIFICATION BADGES

A. Following the completion of employee orientation, all Contractor employees will

be issued photo identification (ID) badges. All badges are the property of the Authority and must be returned upon termination of employment on site. A fee will be charged to the Contractor for each badge not returned.


10

B. All Contractor's employees must show the badge to the Authority's security personnel to gain entrance to the site and must wear the badge on outer garments so that it is visible at all times while working on Authority property.

C. Any Contractor's employee without the appropriate badge will not be allowed

access to the Authority's property.

1.4 PROHIBITED ITEMS A. Firearms, liquor and drugs (except prescription drugs, which must be in the original

labeled container) and other controlled substances are prohibited on the Authority's property. Any Contractor's employee in violation of this requirement will be subject to immediate removal from the site by the Authority and will not be permitted to return.

1.5 HOURS OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall confine normal hours of work from 7:00am to 3:30pm,

Monday through Friday, unless otherwise noted. Upon written request and approval, the Authority may grant the Contractor extended hours at no additional cost to the Authority. 1. If the schedule requires that overtime be worked (i.e. in addition to the normal

eight hour work day), the Contractor shall apply for and receive an Overtime Dispensation from the New York State Department of Labor.

B. Site Union/Craft labor is granted a lunch and breakfast break at specific times at

each site. The Contractor will not be granted any standby time during these breaks. The lunch and breakfast break times are subject to change by the Authority at any time.

C. The Authority may schedule all commissioning activities on a 6/10 schedule (Ten hours per day, Monday-Saturday) with no additional cost to the Authority.

D. All work activities and material deliveries shall be scheduled in advance and submitted to the Authority’s Site Representative. No work shall commence prior to the full knowledge of the Authority’s Site Representative

1.6 SITE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS

A. All private vehicles and commercial vehicles entering and exiting the Authority's

property are subject to search by the Authority. B. No material, parts and components can leave or arrive to the site without a prior

written approval from the site Construction Manager. Contractor must obtain


11

written authorities 5 working days in advance on the appropriate form.

C. Parking for employee's private vehicles shall be limited to those areas designated by the Authority's Site Representative. Vehicles parked on private property, blocking roadways, or otherwise illegally parked, will be towed at the owner's expense.

D. At the discretion of the Authority’s Site Representative, the Contractor's supervisory

staff (i.e. Site Superintendent, QA Inspector, Safety Officer) may be issued keys to doors accessing the work areas, where applicable. Keys are property of the Authority and must be returned upon completion of work or leaving the project.

1.7 USE OF AUTHORITY FACILITIES

A. Contractor shall provide temporary restroom facilities for its personnel. The

Contractor shall be responsible for good housekeeping practices. B. The Contractor may be permitted to use the tools and equipment provided by the

Authority as per Section 01010 Paragraph 1.3.

1.8 FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall provide storage areas, employee facilities, waste disposal,

tools, fire prevention and safety equipment, fuel, gases, communication services, potable water and sanitary facilities. The Contractor will not be permitted to use any of the Authority’s facilities or service equipment, unless otherwise noted.

B. The Contractor shall supply, install, maintain in a safe working condition, and

remove the following as required in the performance of the work:

1. Scaffolding. 2. Ladders and railings. 3. Temporary lighting. 4. Jobsite Trailers. 5. Service equipment required to support project work. 6. Any other items necessary to perform project work.

1.9 SITE OPERATIONS AND STORAGE SPACE ALLOCATION

A. The Authority retains sole authority to assign space for material and tool storage as

needed by the Contractor. Allocation of space will be based on the most beneficial use of the area in regards to the interests of the Authority. The Contractor is advised that the need for space for installation work will likely exceed the space which will be assigned. Accordingly, the Contractor shall be prepared to develop, at their expense, temporary assembly facilities and office space in yard areas


12

elsewhere on the site and to perform Contract Work within such areas. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time or to additional compensation by reason of any decision of the Authority in the assignment or reassignment of space in or adjacent to the area or by reason of the need for the Contractor to develop temporary erection areas and perform the Contract Work therein.

B. The Authority will provide space to the Contractor for temporary facilities

required for their operations, storage and personnel etc. This space represents the total outside space on Authority property to be allocated for the Contractor's use. The Contractor is to develop the layout of their facilities within this space and submit it to the Authority for approval. The Contractor shall remove such temporary structures at the completion of Contract Work.

Jobsite Trailers: Jobsite trailers shall comply with NYSBC and bear the Insignia of Approval (Insignia) by the State of New York. The Insignia shall be physically located on the trailer indicating the Insignia serial number, name of manufacturer, plan approval number, model or component designation, manufacturer’s serial number, and date of manufacture. The Insignia is applied at the manufacturer’s plant and the State will not provide one once it leaves the plant. If the jobsite trailers contain the Insignia the Authority shall verify that the appropriate design parameters were used for the location the trailer will be installed – specifically, snow, wind and seismic design criteria. Signed and sealed construction calculations may be requested by the Authority. If the jobsite trailers do not contain an Insignia, signed and sealed drawings and calculations specific for the project and location will be required for Authority review and acceptance. Inspection of the trailers including exposing all concealed work may be required. For all trailers the Authority will need NYS PE signed and sealed site-specific installation drawings for the trailers, foundation and all utilities. NYS PE signed and sealed drawings will also be required, required for site renovations, as built documentation and restoration design. The engineer of record and contractor shall apply and obtain all necessary permits. The color of the trailer(s) must be approved by NYPA prior to the installation and shall blend into the surroundings and nearby buildings. The contractor shall be responsible for all maintenance and up keep including; power, internet and communication connections, lavatory facilities, cleaning, snow and ice removal, surcharges, fees and usage for the duration of the “project”. NYPA reserves the right to perform periodic inspections of trailer(s) and the contractor must address


13

all deficiencies identified (within 10 calendar days minimum) otherwise trailer(s) will be directed to be removed off site at the contractor’s expense. All trailers and associated equipment (utility poles, junction boxes, roads, sidewalks, gravel, backfill, trenching, etc…) along with all temporary connections (power, communication, water, sewer, etc…) shall be removed from the site upon completion of the construction activities. The site and utilities shall be restored to the condition prior to the trailer installation and will be included in the demobilization activities prior to final payment.

C. If the Contractor anticipates that additional outside space is required for their

operations, a specific request in writing shall be submitted to the Authority for review and approval.

D. Equipment susceptible to damage due to extreme temperature and/or humidity conditions shall be stored in an enclosed space that is climate-controlled to reduce the chance of damage. Contractor must supply storage procedure for all equipment. Periodic inspections of climate-controlled stored equipment must be performed monthly by the Contractor and the cost shall be included in the Contractor’s base bid price.

E. All areas to be utilized by the Contractor are to be jointly inspected and

photographed by the Authority and the Contractor before the Contractor’s facilities are established. Both the Authority and the Contractor shall retain one (1) complete set of the photographs.

F. Upon the removal of the Contractor's facilities, the Contractor shall fully restore

these areas to their original condition. This includes, but is not limited to, grass areas, roadway, sidewalks, curbs, catch basins, plants, shrubs, trees, retaining walls, etc. This restoration shall be done completely at the Contractor's cost.

G. All operations of the Contractor upon Authority's premises shall be confined to

areas authorized or approved by the Authority. No unauthorized or unwarranted entry upon, or passage through, shall be made upon Authority premises.

1.10 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Occupancy: The Authority will be continuously utilizing areas of the building(s)

and site immediately adjacent to the work areas. The Contractor shall prevent disruption of the Authority's normal operations and shall provide a minimum of three (3) days advance notice to the Authority of activities which will impact the Authority's normal operations.

B. Condition of Structures: The Authority assumes no responsibility for the actual

condition of items, structures or existing roadways.


14

C. Traffic: The Contractor shall conduct operations in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct Authority streets, roadways, grass areas, walkways, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from the Authority. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways.

D. Cutting, Burning, and Welding: All cutting, burning, and welding operations

require issuance of written permits from both the Contractor and the Authority. The Contractor shall provide a fire watch during all cutting, burning, and welding operations. A fire extinguisher shall be located within 20 feet of any operation.

1.11 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS AND DEBRIS

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and disposal of excess unused

material and debris resulting from operations, unless otherwise noted. Any material and equipment required for proper execution of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor and removed off-site when no longer needed.

B. The Contractor shall submit a proposed disposal site along with all applicable permits and documentation for review and approval by the Authority.

1. If hazardous materials are encountered during operations, the Authority’s Site Representative must immediately be notified. At the direction of the Authority’s Site Representative and/or Environmental Supervisor, the Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution.

2. Burning, burial, or storage of excess materials, excavated materials, trash, debris, etc. is not permitted on site, unless otherwise noted.

3. Trash and debris shall be removed from the worksite(s) on a daily basis.

C. Prior to loading any vehicle/equipment/tools that leave a highway, access road, or break the surface of soil, remove as much debris, vegetation, dirt and mud clinging to the equipment as possible. 1. If required, after loading, Contractor shall be responsible for transporting

vehicle/equipment/tools to shop or car wash for thorough cleaning prior to entering another right-of-way.

D. All spoils shall become the property of the Contractor and must be disposed of in accordance with all local, state, and federal requirements. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Authority and the New York State Department of


15

Environmental Protection for all spoil areas to be used for material generated from demolition and repair activities.

E. If drum containers are used to dispose of materials, only new DOT approved

drums shall be used.

F. Unless otherwise specified, contractor must dispose of all old material, components, oil, debris, paint etc.

1.12 SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION

A. The Contractor shall observe the Authority’s, DOSH, and OSHA safety rules and

practices. Where conflict arises, the most stringent requirements, as determined by the Authority, shall apply. 1. According to the New York State Labor Laws, public work contracts of at least

$250,000 require all laborers, workers, and mechanics employed in the performance of the contract on this worksite, either by the contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work contemplated by the contract, shall be certified prior to performing any work on the project as having successfully completed the OSHA 10-hour Construction Safety and Health Course.

B. The Contractor shall ensure that the work environment is free from recognized hazards and is in compliance with applicable statutory, regulatory and other standards.

C. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a comprehensive and signed “Site Specific Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention Program” administered by a Corporate-level Safety Officer which covers all specific project issues. The Contractor shall provide a written site specific rescue plan coordinated with local emergency response agencies.

D. The Contractor shall review the Authority’s Safety Rules and Emergency Procedure

and ensure compliance by all employees. This review shall be documented by the Contractor and submitted to the Authority. Should a required Authority safety practice be more restrictive than the Contractor’s Manual or practice, the Authority’s practice will be required.

E. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees,

protection of the work, and protection of adjoining property. The Contractor shall conform to all Federal, State, and local laws, Building Codes, and New York Power Authority rules and regulations in effect during performance of this Contract Work.

F. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by


16

conditions and as directed by the Authority during the progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers, the Authority, and the public. Danger signs warning against the hazards created by such features of construction shall be posted as applicable.

G. The Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all

safety precautions and programs in connection with the work.

H. The Contractor is advised that work may be done in the vicinity of energized lines and equipment, and shall take necessary precaution to protect employees and adjacent facilities from damage and maintain proper working clearances in accordance with OSHA and NESC guidelines and any additional requirements imposed by the Authority.

I. The Contractor shall properly ground all mobile equipment working in the vicinity

of energized lines and equipment (and within the switchyard if applicable). Adjacent structures and their ground systems shall not be used to ground Contractor's equipment.

J. Reflective orange safety vests or fluorescent orange jackets shall be worn at all times

while working on or adjacent to roadways.

K. The use of hard hats, safety shoes, and eye protection (with side shields) is mandatory. Additional Personal Protection Equipment, required by the construction activities, such as gloves, hearing and respiratory protection shall be provided by the Contractor to all employees as required by regulations.

L. One hundred percent (100%) fall protection shall be provided when involved in

above-the-ground (four feet or higher) work. This includes but is not limited to the use of safety full body harnesses during the following operations: work from suspended scaffold; work in aerial device (lift vehicles); and working from ladders, scaffold, or platforms (not protected). The Contractor shall submit a detailed Project Specific Fall Protection Plan, subject to review and approval by the Authority.

M. For each calendar week the Contractor has employees working on-site, at least

one organized and documented Safety Talk shall be conducted by the Contractor’s Site Supervisor. Documentation of such should be submitted to the Authority’s Site Representative.

1.13 CLEARANCE AND PROTECTION PROCEDURES

A. All Contractor personnel shall adhere to, train, and qualify for the Authority’s

lockout / tagout procedure, Clearance and Protection Procedures (CPP-1).


17

B. All personnel working under a clearance, including Authority employees and Contractors, must sign on to any clearances issued for the particular project, deeming them “authorized” to work on the equipment.

C. These “authorized” workers shall receive initial training on CPP-1 as well as

refresher training on an annual basis. D. Contractors shall receive this training as part of the initial orientation. The duration

of the training is approximately two (2) hours.

1.14 NORTH AMERICAN ELECTRIC RELIABILITY CORPORATION (NERC) REQUIREMENTS a. All Contractor personnel shall adhere to, train, and qualify for the NERC Critical

Infrastructure Protection (CIP) standards. b. All personnel working on or near Critical Cyber Assets shall be trained within

ninety calendar days of authorization to work in such areas, deeming them “authorized” workers.

c. Training shall cover the policies, access controls, and procedures as developed for

the Critical Cyber Assets and shall include, at a minimum, the following required items appropriate to personnel roles and responsibilities:

1. Proper use of Critical Cyber Assets. 2. Physical and electronic access controls to Critical Cyber Assets. 3. Proper handling of Critical Cyber Asset information. 4. Action plans and procedures to recover or re-establish Critical Cyber

Assets and access thereto following a Cyber Security Incident. d. All personnel shall sign a form to indicate that training has been completed. e. These “authorized” workers shall receive initial training as well as refresher

training on an annual basis. f. Contractors shall receive this training as part of the initial orientation. The

duration of the training is approximately one (1) hour.

1.15 DIESEL EMISSIONS REDUCTION ACT AND BEST AVAILABLE RETROFIT TECHNOLOGY (BART) A. All Contractors and subcontractor(s) shall comply with 6 NYCRR Part 248 –

Diesel Emissions Reduction Act and Best Available Retrofit Technology (BART).


18

1. All diesel-powered Heavy Duty Vehicles (HDVs), greater than 8500 GVW, owned by, operated by, or leased by Contractor personnel and/or subcontractor(s) personnel and used in the performance of the Contract/Purchase Order, shall be powered by Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel (ULSD) and shall utilize BART.

2. As outlined in Appendix “M” of the Bid Documents, Contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) shall submit proof of compliance with 6 NYCRR Part 248, including a complete HDV inventory/equipment list of all vehicles, equipment, etc. subject to review and approval by the Authority. Such information collected will be submitted to the NYSDEC.

3. Violations shall result in fines from the NYSDEC.

1.16 VIOLATION OF THE AUTHORITY'S REQUIREMENTS

A. Any Contractor's employee found in violation of any of the Authority's

requirements (safety, fire protection, environmental, security, etc.) will be required to leave the property and will be prohibited from future work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01100


19

SECTION 01220 - PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor's Project Representative will schedule and administer all project

meetings. 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. The Contractor's Project Representative will schedule one (1) or more meetings after Award of Contract and prior to the start of construction.

B. The Contractor shall have in attendance at the Meeting(s), as a minimum,

Representatives including Project Superintendent, Safety and Quality Control Inspector(s), and Project Manager. Other key personnel responsible for the performance of the Project, including representatives from the Authority, engineering and major subcontractor(s), will be requested to attend on an as-needed basis.

C. Items to be discussed, but not limited to:

1. Introductions. 2. Responsibilities of Contractor's and Authority's Key Project Personnel. 3. Project Administration. 4. Commercial Submittals. 5. Technical Submittals. 6. Design Documents Configuration Management Procedures (FCNs, FCRs,

etc.). 7. Project Schedule. 8. Partial Estimate Payments. 9. Additional Work Request and Change Order Procedures. 10. Quality Control Program. 11. Environmental/Hazardous Waste Concerns. 12. Contractor’s Site Specific Health and Safety Program. 13. New York Power Authority Safety Orientation. 14. Project Close-out.

1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. The schedule for regular meetings, which are to be held weekly, will be set up at

the pre-construction meeting. The Authority's Site Representative, Contractor's Project Superintendent, Project Manager, and subcontractor(s) pertinent to the agenda, shall attend these meetings.


20

B. The Agenda at the regular progress meeting shall include:

1. Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review administrative items. 3. Review schedule and status of submittals and shop drawings. 4. Review status of construction schedule. 5. Plan work progress during next work period and its effect on related work of

others (two week look-ahead schedule). 6. Review and note field observations, problems, and decisions. 7. Identify and resolve all present and outstanding problems.

C. The Contractor will make physical arrangements for the meetings, prepare an

agenda with copies for participants, preside over the meetings, record the minutes of the meetings, and distribute copies, within two (2) work days, to the participants and those affected by the decisions made at the meeting

1.4 SPECIAL MEETINGS

A. Meetings other than the regularly scheduled progress meetings may be called by

the Authority or requested by the Contractor to review special issues. These meetings shall be attended by the entities directly affected by the purpose of the meeting.

1.5 MEETING COSTS

A. The cost to attend all meeting including but not limited to face to face meetings, teleconferences and meeting at the third party locations shall be included in the contractor’s base bid price. All meeting costs related to the work under a change order shall be included in the contractor’s base additional work authorization request.



21

SECTION 01240 - PROJECT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DAILY WORK REPORTS

A. The Contractor shall submit daily work reports indicating, at a minimum, the following:

1. Work performed. 2. Manual (craft) and non-manual manpower expended. 3. Equipment both utilized and idle.

B. The daily work reports are due to the Authority by the end of the next days’ work.

1.2 ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORTS

A. Accidents that occur to the vehicles or property of the Contractor or Authority employees, as a result of the Contractor's actions are to be reported, in writing, to the Authority, within one (1) day of the accident. The Authority will provide the Contractor with both the Authority and applicable legal damage and accident report forms.

B. Incidents (i.e. theft, vandalism, etc.) that occur to the vehicles or property of the

Contractor or Authority’s employees, as a result of the Contractor's actions are to be reported, in writing, to the Authority, within one (1) day of the incident.

C. All Contractor injuries or near miss incidents must be reported to the Authority’s

Site Representative immediately. If any injuries occur, the Contractor’s Safety Manager shall be required to report to the site and conduct a full investigation into the causes of the injury and a written report must be submitted to the Authority within 48 hours after the injury occurrence.

D. The Contractor shall submit a completed and signed OSHA’s Form 300 “Log of

Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses” at the completion of every project. 1.3 DAILY SAFETY INSPECTION REPORTS

A. Checklists listing safety related items are to be prepared and submitted to the

Authority daily indicating that the work areas present a safe environment. 1.4 BASELINE CASH FLOW SUBMITTAL

A. Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving the contract Notice of Award, the

Contractor shall submit to the Authority the baseline cash flow for the Contract.


22

This cash flow shall be based on, and submitted with, the baseline schedule as defined in Section 01310 Paragraph 1.2.

B. The cash flow shall be based on the following:

1. Current delivery dates for Contractor furnished materials. 2. Current delivery dates for Authority furnished materials. 3. The baseline manpower forecast. 4. The work performed by subcontractor(s). 5. Payments made against the contract will be paid thirty days after receipt of the

invoice by Accounts Payable upon prior approval from the Authority’s Site Construction Representative.

C. The cash flow shall be time-scaled and equal to the total contract value. The exact

format will be as agreed to between the Authority and the Contractor.

1.5 UPDATE CASH FLOW SUBMITTALS

A. The Contract cash flow shall be updated and submitted to the Authority on monthly basis.

B. The updated cash flow shall be based on the following:

1. The updated construction schedule as per Section 01310 Paragraph 1.3. 2. The current delivery dates for Contractor and Authority furnished materials. 3. The current manpower forecast for the month. 4. The work performed by subcontractor(s). 5. Approved change orders. 6. Payments made against the contract will be paid thirty days after receipt of

invoice by the Authority. 7. Actual payments made to the Contractor to-date.

1.6 BASELINE MANPOWER FORECAST

1. Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving the contract Notice of Award, the Contractor shall submit to the Authority the baseline manpower forecast for the Contract. This forecast shall be based on, and submitted with, the baseline schedule as defined in Section 01310 1.2.

2. The manpower forecast shall be based on the following:

a. Scheduled installation of Contractor furnished and Authority furnished material.

b. The work performed by subcontractor(s). c. The manpower usage by craft to be utilized on the Contract.


23

The number of craftsmen per month and overtime and shift work, if utilized, shall be indicated.

d. Both direct labor and indirect labor (i.e. field office and other overhead support labor) shall be indicated.

1.7 UPDATE MANPOWER FORECASTS

A. The manpower forecast shall be updated and submitted to the Authority monthly. B. The updated manpower forecast shall be based on the following:

1. Scheduled installation of Contractor furnished and Authority furnished material.

2. The work performed by subcontractor(s). 3. The manpower usage by craft on the Contract. The number of craftsmen per

month and overtime and shift work, if any, shall also be indicated. 4. Actual manpower expended by the Contractor to-date shall be indicated. 5. Both direct labor and indirect labor (i.e. field office and other overhaul support

labor) shall be indicated. 1.8 MANHOUR REPORTS

A. The Contractor shall submit to the Authority weekly and monthly manpower expenditure reports.

B. The reports shall be based on the following:

1. The reports shall indicate the actual number of man-hours expended by the

Contractor and any subcontractor(s) by craft and work activities. The reports shall be time scaled up to the week or month of the respective report.

2. A list of the work activities shall be agreed to between Contractor and the Authority before work commences.

3. Both direct man hours and indirect man-hours (i.e. field office and other overhead support man-hours) shall be indicated.

4. The reports shall segregate the Contractor's man-hours, subcontractor(s)’ man-hours by work activity and direct and indirect man-hours.

1.9 DESIGN DOCUMENTS

A. The Authority’s Configuration Management Policy shall be utilized in order to control, evaluate, and implement changes to design documents.

B. To document minor construction changes to attributes specified in released

engineering documents, the Contractor, in conjunction with the Authority’s Site Representative, may submit a Field Change Notice (FCN), which is included as


24

Attachment 1. This FCN shall be reviewed by the Engineer of Record on the project.

C. To document a request for a change that may affect the original design intent, the

Contractor, in conjunction with the Authority’s Site Representative, may submit a Field Change Request (FCR), which is included as Attachment 2. This FCR must be reviewed and approved by the Engineer of Record, prior to commencement of this work.

D. During construction, the Engineer of Record may issue a Design Change Notice

(DCN), which is included as Attachment 3, which documents required changes to the design due to newly discovered information that was not available during the initial design phase.



25

SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL WITH PROPOSAL

A. The schedule to be provided with the Bid Proposal shall be a detailed, time-scaled, schedule showing all fabrication and construction activities and sequence of operations needed for the orderly performance and completion in accordance with milestone dates indicated in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract.

1.2 BASELINE SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL

A. The Contractor shall submit to the Authority the baseline schedule for the contract with the bid proposal. The schedule shall be a detailed Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule including the milestone dates specified in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. A tabular listing including, but not limited to, the work activities, early and late start dates, early and late finish dates, total float and free float shall also be provided.

B. The Authority will review and return the schedule with comments within ten (10)

days after receipt. C. The Contractor shall make any necessary changes and resubmit the schedule

within fifteen (15) days after return from the Authority. The revised schedule shall, as determined by the Authority, be sufficient to meet the requirements for the project as set forth in the Contract. The approved schedule shall be maintained and updated to account for actual progress of the work.

D. The Contractor shall assist the Authority in reviewing and evaluating each

schedule furnished. Approved schedules shall in no way relieve the Contractor of any obligations set forth in the Contract Documents.

1.3 SCHEDULE UPDATES

A. The construction CPM schedule shall be updated monthly with the partial payment request, or more often as project conditions require, to record progress. Schedule updates shall include all changes required to recover any schedule slippage incurred since the previous submission.

Schedule updates are to include, at a minimum, the following:

1. Actual work progress from the start of work up to the current schedule update. 2. Future schedule changes proposed by the Contractor.


26

3. Schedule changes approved by the Authority via Additional Work Authorizations and change orders.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES - GENERAL

A. The Authority will not process the first partial estimate until the baseline CPM schedule described in this section has been submitted by the Contractor. The Authority will delay the first partial estimate for as many days as the schedule submittal is delayed.

B. Both the baseline schedule and schedule updates shall include delivery lead time for

materials furnished by either the Authority or the Contractor, and activities for the review and approval of Contractor submittals of the Contract.

C. The construction schedule shall be complete in all respects and shall include all major

milestones, manpower forecasts by craft, and detailed work activities. D. The schedule shall include fifteen (15) working days for the Authority’s review of all

submittals. E. The Contractor shall be available to review both the baseline schedule and

schedule update submittals with the Authority during their review period. F. The Contractors manpower forecast and cash flow forecast shall be integrated with,

and based on, the Contract schedule. G. If the schedule is based on overtime and/or multiple shifts, this is to be clearly

stated. 1.5 TWO WEEK LOOK-AHEAD SCHEDULE

A. During Construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Authority weekly, a two week look-ahead schedule. The schedule shall indicate the actual work performed by the Contractor and any subcontractor(s), for the previous week and the scheduled work to be performed during the next two (2) weeks.

B. Contractor must supply an updated construction schedule every Friday by 12 noon. Contractor must supply an updated fabrication schedule, including 3 weeks look ahead, every Friday by 12 noon.

1.6 RELATED SECTIONS

A. SECTION 01010 - Summary of Work B. SECTION 01100 - Jobsite Requirements


27

C. SECTION 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Documents, and Samples

D. SECTION 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services

E. SECTION 01440 - Contractor's Quality Control

F. SECTION 01505 - Mobilization and Demobilization

G. SECTION 01576 - Facility Pollution, Water, and Erosion Control

H. SECTION 01577 - Facility Protection and Site Restoration



28

SECTION 01335 - DATA TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TEST REPORTS

A. Where required, material and equipment tests herein specified or where such tests are required by standards governing the manufacture of such materials, eight (8) copies of certified tests reports shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Authority within fifteen (15) calendar days following completion of such tests, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

1.2 PHOTOGRAPHS

A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Authority four (4) copies (approximately 8 inches x 10 inches) of color photographs (digital photographs are acceptable) of fabrication work in progress, part and assemblies in the manufacturing plants, and any deficient components as specified in the technical specifications. The scope of the photographs shall be reviewed and agreed to by the Contractor and the Authority.

1.3 LIST OF MANUFACTURERS AND SUBCONTRACTOR(S)

A. The Contractor shall provide a list of all vendors and subcontractors that will be utilized on the Project, including the actual locations of the activities (FAT, fabrication, etc.) for all systems and equipment provided under this contract including the change order work, with its bid proposal. Any proposed changes to this list and location shall be approved by NYPA prior to implementation of these changes. Any cost associated with these changes shall be borne by the contractor.

1.4 LICENSES, CERTIFICATIONS, ETC.

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring all personnel that have a

requirement for licensure/certification, qualification, or competency as required by federal, state, and local laws, meet those requirements.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting verification and copies of all up-to-date licenses and certifications as required for the contract work.

1.5 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

A. The Contractor shall submit drawings and documents as required by Section 01340 and the Appendix “F” – “Computer Aided Drawing Requirements for New York Power Authority”, found in the Bid Documents.


29

1.6 TIME SCHEDULE AND PROGRESS CHART

A. The Contractor shall submit the time schedule and progress chart as required by Section 01310.

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION PROGRAM

A. The Contractor shall submit the quality control/inspection program and documentation as required by Section 01440.

1.8 ADDITIONAL DATA

A. The Contractor shall submit any additional data requested by the Authority to review the Work of the Contract.


A. SECTION 01010 - Summary of Work B. SECTION 01100 - Jobsite Requirements C. SECTION 1310 - Construction Schedules D. SECTION 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Documents, and Samples E. SECTION 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services F. SECTION 01440 - Contractor's Quality Control G. SECTION 01505 - Mobilization and Demobilization

H. SECTION 01576 - Facility Pollution, Water, and Erosion Control

I. SECTION 01577 - Facility Protection and Site Restoration



30

SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, DOCUMENTS, AND SAMPLES


A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Authority such drawings, data, and calculations on materials and equipment and documents as required for the control and completion of the work, including but not limited to information specifically required in the Contract Documents. Documents shall include product and equipment data, design data and fabrication and installation procedures.

B. Drawings, data and calculations, including dimensions shall be in the English

language and in U.S. units. Any conversion to/from metric and U.S. units must be approved by the Authority.

C. All drawings and data will be subject to review by the Authority for conformity

with the Contract Documents. The sequence of submission of all drawings, data and related material shall be such that all necessary information is available for reviewing the drawing or data when received and to maintain the Contractor's supply, fabrication and construction schedule.

D. All drawings and data submitted for review shall be correct and complete for preparation

of associated engineering work unless otherwise noted in writing by the Contractor. E. Electronic files shall be submitted to the Authority in accordance with Appendix

“F” – “Computer Aided Drawing Requirements for New York Power Authority”, found in the Bid Documents.

1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Notice of Award, the Contractor shall furnish to the Authority a complete schedule plan of submission of all drawings, calculations and data on materials and equipment for manufacture and installation. Each drawing to be submitted for the Work of the Contract shall be listed and properly identified on the schedule. The schedule will be reviewed by the Authority and the Contractor shall correct any defects noted therein. The schedule shall at all times present a complete plan for orderly submission of such drawings and data and shall be reviewed as necessary to meet this requirement. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Authority of any occurrence requiring substantial revision of the schedule giving a detailed explanation of the cause of the revision, and shall furnish a revised schedule within fifteen (15) days of such occurrence. Reviewed schedules will be reviewed by the Authority and corrected by the Contractor in the same manner as the original schedule.


31

B. The Contactor shall not commence, fabricate or install work requiring submittals

until submittals meeting Contract Requirements have been returned to the Contractor.

C. The Contractor shall review, approve, stamp and sign shop drawings, product data

and samples prior to submission to the Authority. D. Verify:

1. Field measurements and interferences. 2. Field construction criteria. 3. Catalog numbers and other data.

E. The Contractor shall coordinate each submittal with requirements of work and Contract Documents.

F. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not

relieved by the Authority's Representative review and approval of submittals. G. The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals is not relieved by the

Authority's review or approval of submittals unless given written acceptance of the specific deviations by the Authority. The Contractor shall notify the Authority at time of submission, deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents.

H. The Contractor shall submit a list of submittals using the Submittal Log, which is

included as Attachment 5. The log shall be updated weekly or on an as-needed basis to accurately reflect progress of work.

I. The Contractor shall submit questions if further verification or clarification is

needed regarding the Contract Documents on the Request for Information (RFI) Sheet, included as Attachment 6.

1.3 SPECIFIC DRAWING REQUIREMENTS

A. Drawings to be submitted shall include but not be limited to construction drawings of the work to be performed at the site, shop drawings of fabricated parts and materials, manufacturers' drawings of purchased equipment including assembly drawings, details of parts and components, catalog pages where applicable and bills of material.

B. Documents to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to, product and equipment

data, design calculations, installation procedures, and other applicable documents. C. Additional drawings and documents shall be submitted which, as determined by the


32

Authority and Engineer, will be required to detail the work to be performed and the material, parts, and equipment to be supplied by the Contractor.

D. Drawings and documents shall be submitted as early as possible to permit

the Authority and Engineer to review the drawings and documents to permit the Contractor to maintain the project schedule.

E. Bills of material shall be submitted for all equipment and work and shall describe

and give the characteristics and identification of all equipment and parts. Items shall be numbered sequentially and each item shall have a different number.

F. The Contractor may use their own title block on the drawings. The title block must

contain "New York Power Authority, Sensor Deployment Phase II" and a space located in the lower right-hand corner, inside of the margin, not smaller than 3 inches long and 1/2 inch high for the Authority's drawing file number to be added by the Authority.

G. Additional requirements for detail drawings and documents are specified in the various

sections of the Contract Documents.

H. All structural drawings shall be stamped by a NYS Professional Engineer. All equipment provided shall be seismic qualified.

1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Original drawings, prepared by the Contractor, subcontractor(s), supplier(s) or distributer(s), which illustrate some portion of the work showing fabrication, layout, setting, or erection details shall comply with all Standard Construction Practices and the following:

1. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on shop drawings. 2. Photographic reproductions of contract drawings will not be accepted as shop

drawings and will be rejected. 3. Bar type dimension scale shall be included on ALL drawings.

1.5 PRODUCT DATA

A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts and other standard descriptive data: 1. Modify product data to delete information which is not applicable to the

project and supplement any additional information required. 2. Clearly mark each copy to identify applicable materials, products or models. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required.


33

1.6 SAMPLES

A. Physical examples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work is judged.

B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate

functional characteristics of product or material, with related parts and method of attachment.

C. The Contractor shall submit field samples and erect mock-ups at an acceptable

location designated by the Authority's Construction Representative.

1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Each submittal shall include a “Submittal Cover Sheet” found in Attachment 4, and shall be completed and submitted to the proper personnel as indicated in the Supplementary Conditions.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing all Contract Documents to

determine required submittals. C. Submittals shall include:

1. Completed “Submittal Cover Sheet”. 2. Identification of product. 3. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 4. Field dimensions, clearly identified. 5. Applicable standards. 6. A blank space, 4 by 4 inches, for the approval stamp.

D. Accompany each submittal with a transmittal letter, containing:

1. Date. 2. Authority's project title and Contract number 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. 5. Additional pertinent data.

1.8 SUBMITTAL REVIEW PROCEDURE

A. Drawings shall be clearly identified and coordinated with the approved schedule furnished pursuant to Section 01340 Paragraph 1.2 by means of suitable drawing numbers and drawing titles. Space shall be provided in the title block to enable the Authority to add the Project file number. Such number once assigned shall be added by the Contractor to the original drawing and to the drawing schedules.


34

B. The Contractor shall properly check and correct all drawings and data before

submission, whether they are prepared within their own organization or by subcontractor(s). The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that all equipment, parts, materials, and features are fully coordinated and compatible. If specifically requested, the Authority shall be furnished copies of correspondence between the Contractor, subcontractor(s), supplier(s) and distributer(s).

C. The Authority will review and return drawings and data as provided below within

fifteen (15) working days after date of receipt of all related information necessary for such review. If the Authority requires additional time for review, the Authority will so notify the Contractor and a reasonable extension of time shall be agreed to. The Authority shall not be responsible for any damage for delay or disruption resulting from such extension related to drawing or other submittal review.

D. Submittals sent to the Authority with the attached completed Submittal Cover

Sheet, will be returned to the Contractor marked with one (1) of the following codes:

1. NO EXCEPTION TAKEN – The Contractor may proceed with the work.

2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED – The submittal contains a minor amount

of corrections. The Contractor may fabricate all items at its own risk without further correction.

3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT – The submittal contains a minor amount of

corrections, but the noted items must not be fabricated without further correction. Details of items noted by checker are to be further clarified. All items not noted to be corrected can be fabricated at Contractor's risk under this designation.

4. REJECTED – The submittal is rejected as it is not in accordance with the

Contract, contains too many corrections, or other justifiable reason. The submittal must be corrected and resubmitted. No items are to be fabricated under this stamp

5. SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM – The submitted item is not as specified. The

Contractor must submit named manufacturer.

6. NOT REVIEWED – Item accepted for information only.

E. One (1) print of each drawing and applicable data sheets will be returned to the Contractor marked with one (1) of the following codes:


35

1. ACCEPTED – The Contractor may proceed with the work.

2. ACCEPTED AS NOTED RESUBMITTAL NOT REQUIRED – The Contractor may proceed with the work taking into account the corrections and comments noted on the drawing by the Authority or the Engineer. The drawings shall be resubmitted for record and reference after the necessary revisions are made.

3. ACCEPTED AS NOTED RESUBMITTAL REQUIRED – The Contractor shall not proceed with work but, within fifteen (15) calendar days, shall make the corrections and revisions or prepare a new drawing or calculation and resubmit the revised information for review at no change in schedule or cost to the Authority.

4. NOT ACCEPTED – The Contractor shall not proceed with the work but, within fifteen (15) calendar days shall resubmit the required information to the Authority for review at no change in schedule or cost to the Authority.

F. If the Contractor does not agree with exceptions taken by the Authority, the

Contractor shall state in a letter of re-submittal the reasons for not complying with the Authority's exceptions. The Authority shall review the letter and respond within ten (10) working days of receipt. Time required for such revisions and re submittal of drawings or calculations will not entitle the Contractor to any extension in Contract time.

G. Review of the drawings and documents by the Authority shall not relieve the Contractor

from responsibility for making any variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has, in writing, called the Authority's attention to each such variation at the time of submission of the drawing or document. The Authority must give written approval of each such variation by a specific notation incorporated in or accompanying the drawing or document.

H. Review of the drawing by the Authority shall not relieve the Contractor in any

way from responsibility for proper detailing of the design furnished by the Authority, satisfactory construction, compliance with the Specifications and applicable codes, or for errors or omission of any kind in the final installed work. The Authority's review does not constitute approval of the Contractor's detail design, safety precautions or construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. Review by the Authority does not substantiate instructions for installation or performance of the equipment or systems designed, supplied or reviewed by the Contractor, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor. Review of a specific item does not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. The Authority shall be entitled to rely upon the Contractor's certification of performance, characteristics of


36

materials, systems and equipment to establish that such materials, systems and equipment meet the performance criteria required by the Contract.

I. Drawings changed by the Contractor during the development of a design, shall be

resubmitted to the Authority for review. J. The Authority shall have the right to require the Contractor to make any changes

in the design, which may be necessary in the opinion of the Authority, to make the equipment conform to the requirements and intent of these Specifications, with no additional cost to the Authority or change in schedule.

K. The Contractor shall prepare and resubmit to the Authority within fourteen (14)

calendar days after completion of work, a complete set of Authority drawings marked with all "As-Built" changes made during construction.

L. The Contractor shall furnish to the Authority one (1) reproducible set of all final

correct Contractor's drawings which, in the opinion of the Authority, will be required for erection, operation and maintenance; for identification of parts, and for ordering replacement parts and materials. The final drawings shall be furnished at the time of completion of the work and shall include all changes made during installation. All submitted final documents must be in accordance with Appendix “F” – “Computer Aided Drawing Requirements for New York Power Authority”, found in the Bid Documents.

M. All drawings submitted to the Authority shall become the property of the Authority

for use as it sees fit. 1.9 RESUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Shop Drawings: Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. Indicate on drawings changes which have been made other than those requested by the Authority's Construction Representative.

B. Product Data and Samples: Submit new data and samples as required for initial

submittal. C. Resubmitted drawings and documents shall be submitted and reviewed by

the same procedure as the initial submittal. Drawings and documents resubmitted shall be marked with the revision number and date, and the changes shall be marked by circling, numbering or other method.


A. SECTION 01010 - Summary of Work


37

B. SECTION 01310 - Construction Schedules PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01340


38

SECTION 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The Authority may obtain testing laboratory services by separate contract, the provisions of which may be examined by the Contractor for its information only.

B. Laboratory services, where utilized by the Authority, are solely an assurance that

contract provisions are met and in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. These services do not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility under the provisions of Section 01440.

C. Where results of Authority procured tests are made available to the Contractor,

the Authority does so as a convenience only, and in no way shall this act be construed as relieving the Contractor of its obligations to provide materials and workmanship in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR

A. Laboratory services required by the Contractor shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor shall furnish such labor, equipment, and facilities as is necessary

to obtain and handle samples at the project. C. The Contractor shall provide safe access to items to be tested / inspected. This

includes sheeting, scaffolding, stairs and ladders. D. The Contractor shall submit proper testing procedures and certifications and

indicated in the Contract Documents for Authority review and approval. E. The Contractor shall advise the Authority's Representative sufficiently in advance

of operations to allow for completion of tests and for the assignment of personnel. A minimum of twenty-four (24) hours notice is required.

F. For onsite testing the Authority reserves the rights to ask Contractor or Vendor to

perform testing after normal business hours or on weekends without any additional cost

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED


39

END OF SECTION 01410


40

SECTION 01440 - CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY PROGRAM

A. Quality Control/Inspection Program

1. The Contractor is responsible for performing and documenting complete inspection of its work and any subcontractor(s)’ work.

2. The Contractor shall implement the Authority's Construction Inspection/Monitoring Program including the Construction Checklists, which is included as Attachment 7. The Contractor may use the Authority’s program to implement its own inspection monitoring program meeting the minimum requirements of the Authority's program. The Contractor's program shall be submitted to the Authority for review and approval.

3. Checklists to be utilized by the Contractor are to be included as part of the

monitoring program. Additional checklists may be required and shall be added by the Authority or the Contractor as needed with no additional cost to the Authority. Checklists shall be filled in at the time the work is performed. Checklists shall be submitted to the Authority on a weekly basis for all work performed during the week. Partial payments will not be processed if the completed checklists are not submitted in a timely manner. The Construction Inspection/Monitoring Program (CI/MP) and construction checklists reflect significant inspection points but shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to comply with the detailed requirements of the specifications and drawings. Implementation of the CI/MP and construction checklists by the Contractor shall not constitute acceptance of the work by the Authority. The Contractor's CI/MP shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of all applicable standard practices and all regulatory agencies. The Quality Control Inspection requirements required of the Contractor shall in turn be required of its subcontractor(s) and supplier(s) to the extent applicable consistent with their scope of work. Changes to the Inspection Program require prior written approval by the Authority.

4. The Contractor shall provide at least one (1) Quality Assurance/Quality Control Inspector to meet the inspection requirements of this Contract. Such a person shall not report directly to the immediate supervisor who is responsible for the work being inspected. The checklists developed by the contractor shall also include data sheets which


41

will be used as dimensional verification for the various stages of work. These checklists shall include witness and/or hold points, as required to adequately verify the work. Data to be recorded shall include, but not be limited to dimensional checks, the recording of clearances, concentricities, etc.

5. The original checklists shall be maintained in the Contractor's Site office while the work is in progress and shall be available for Authority review at any time.

6. Measuring and testing equipment used by the Contractor in the implementation of the CI/MP shall be calibrated, within a maximum of one year of use, with traceability to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Copies of the all calibration reports shall be provided to the Authority.

B. Site Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)

1. Contractor must supply within 60 days from the award of a contract a detail,

step by step site inspection and test plan (ITP) of all equipment supplied, maintained and upgraded under this contract. Each step must have separate sign off lines for contractor’s commissioning/test engineer, who is performing the test and NYPA engineer, who is witnessing the test. Once a test/ commissioning is completed, contractor must supply the completely filled out and signed off ITP to NYPA.

1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Witness Points

1. Those inspection and test points that do not require the Contractor to delay the performance of inspection or work if the Authority's Quality Assurance Representative (AQAR) is not available to witness performance.

B. Hold Points

1. Inspection hold points beyond which work shall not proceed without the specific approval of the Authority's Quality Assurance Representative. Consent to waive specified hold points shall be recorded prior to continuation of work beyond the designated hold points.

2. If an inspection or test operation designated as a hold point does not have the requisite witnessing by the AQAR, unless a waiver has been granted, the Contractor faces rejection of the work by the Authority and must repeat, at its cost, the inspection or test for the AQAR before the work can be considered acceptable. The hold points will cover NDE, welding examinations, function


42

tests and significant or complex fabrication operations. 1.3 NONCONFORMANCE

A. Non-conformances to required codes, specifications, drawings, etc. relating to the contracted items which involve final form, fit or performance shall be documented by the Contractor. Whenever the Contractor's recommended disposition of a non-conformance in these specified areas is "Use As Is" or "Repair", the Contractor must notify the Authority accordingly. Prior to incorporating the conforming or repaired part into the work the Authority's approval is required.

1.4 SHOP INSPECTION

A. As used herein the term "Authority Quality Assurance Representative" (AQAR) shall mean the Authority's employee(s) or the Authority's Engineering Representative assigned to do inspection and/or test verification work in the Contractor's shop or those of its subcontractor(s) or supplier(s). Such personnel shall have the right to any information as is necessary to determine the progress of engineering, procurement and production. They shall also have the right to witness inspection and/or test of the material or equipment, to review Contractor's inspection procedures, and to confirm compliance with the requirements of detailed drawings and these Technical Specifications. Failure to comply with the requirements of this paragraph may be cause for rejection of the work by the AQAR.

1.5 AUTHORITY PARTICIPATION IN INSPECTION/ TEST VERIFICATION/

AUDIT A. The Authority reserves the right to participate in inspection, tests or audits at the

Contractor's facility relating to the services provided under this contract.

1.6 SHIPPING RELEASE A. For each shipment made to the Site, the Contractor will present to the Authority a

signed Certificate of Compliance fully identifying the product to be shipped and certifying that all Contract Documents have been adhered to except as noted by referenced non-conformances, which have been resolved. The Certificate of Compliance must be signed by the Contractor's Quality Assurance Representative. One (1) copy of this letter of compliance must accompany each shipment. No shipment shall be made until released by the Authority's Quality Assurance Representative.

1.7 PROCEDURE AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

A. All project submittals shall include one of the following coded notations, as


43

indicated by the Contract Specifications.

C - To be submitted to the Authority for review and concurrence at least fourteen (14) days prior to start of fabrications. The Authority will provide written concurrence to the Contractor, and the AQAR will verify each concurrence at the Contractor's plant.

R - To be submitted to the Authority for review and retention either as they are

generated or as a final documentation package dependent upon the agreement with the Authority. Documentation shall be clear, legible, and of suitable quality.

F - To be available in the Contractor's files for review by the Authority. No

submittal of documents is required.

1.8 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and of first class quality, suitable for the scope of work,

free from defects and imperfections. All material shall also be of the classes and types listed in this Specification and all Technical Specifications or the equivalent ASTM materials. The equipment design and manufacture will be in accordance with the latest applicable standards.

B. All materials or parts used shall be tested in conformance with the applicable

specifications and purchased with certified, electrical, mechanical, and chemical properties. Stocked materials may be used provided the required certifications for the material are available.

C. The materials selected shall be suitable for the purpose intended and adequate

factors of safety shall be used throughout the design of the equipment specified herein.

D. The Contractor shall receive, inspect, and store all material delivered for this

Contract. Material inspection shall be documented on material receiving reports. Any damage or defect shall be reported to the Authority immediately.

E. Petroleum products used on Site shall be stored in tightly sealed containers, which

are clearly labeled and either stored in a storage container, or if stored outdoors, placed in a dike with a lined secondary containment structure.

F. No hazardous products shall be brought to the Site without prior written approval by

the Authority and without a written plan for storage, containment, and disposal, if required.

G. The Contractor shall be responsible to identify any substances brought on Site


44

requiring special handling or that may be harmful if employees may come in contact with the material. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to identify these items and have Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS) available to all employees and to notify the Authority of the same. A copy of all MSDS shall accompany materials delivered to the Site and shall be submitted to the Authority.

1.9 CONTRACTOR NONCOMPLIANCE

A. If the Contractor fails to comply with the submittal requirements, as stated herein

to the satisfaction of the Authority, then the Authority may take action as follows until such noncompliance is satisfactorily resolved.

B. The Contractor's payments will be withheld pending compliance by the Contractor with the QC Program, and submittal of completed check lists, organization charts, report forms, resumes and other requirements.

1.10 MEASURING AND TESTING

A. Measuring and testing equipment supplied by the Contractor shall be calibrated with traceability to the National Bureau of Standards and all other applicable standards and codes.


A. SECTION 01010 - Summary of Work

B. S ECTION 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services



45

SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 MOBILIZATION

A. Mobilization shall include, but not limited to, the following:

1. Furnish, deliver, install, and maintain an on-site construction headquarters for the Contractor’s use provided with offices, communications, sanitary facilities, etc., at the project Site.

2. The furnishing of all temporary services to be provided by the Contractor to support the on-site construction headquarters including heating, lighting, water, electric power, etc., unless otherwise noted.

3. The establishment of Contractor laydown and storage areas as agreed-to with

the Authority. Approved areas shall be appropriately fenced, which shall be locked and secured when not attended. When attended, access shall be restricted to authorized personnel only.

4. Submission of all required initial scheduling, manpower forecast and cash flow

forecast requirements for review by the Authority.

5. Submission of all required insurance certificates for the Contractor and any

subcontractor(s) for review by the Authority.

6. The Contractor shall submit, within fifteen (15) days after the Notice of Award

of the Contract, a detailed Project Specific Construction Security and Safety Program for the Authority’s review and approval. The program shall address all job rules, security and safety provisions affecting personnel, visitors, vehicles, traffic, fence barricades, signs, tools, materials, and equipment at the construction site. The Contractor shall be responsible for enforcing the Security and Safety Program and will assure that all personnel and subcontractor(s)’ personnel comply with all security and safety requirements.

7. The Contactor shall submit all applicable permits. New York City Department

of Building permits will be required for all work at the 500MW and Astoria Annex locations.

1.2 DEMOBILIZATION


46

A. Demobilization shall include, but not limited to, the following:

1. Removal of all temporary construction facilities, construction fencing, signs, and traffic control measures. 2. Removal of all construction equipment and materials. 3. Removal of all debris. 4. Completion and submission of all Quality Control Checklists including

resolution of all open Deficiency Reports. 5. Turn over to the Authority all Contractor Photo Identification Badges, Keys,

and Card Keys. 6. Furnish to the Authority Project Record Documents including all As-Built

Drawings. 7. Repair all pavement damaged by Contractor operations. 8. Broom sweep all pavement areas disturbed by the Contractor’s activities. 9. The Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Authority that all work is

done in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all specifications and drawings, before final demobilization.


A. SECTION 01010 - Summary of Work B. SECTION 01100 - Jobsite Requirements C. SECTION 01310 - Construction Schedules D. SECTION 01440 - Contractor's Quality Control

E. SECTION 01576 - Facility Pollution, Water, and Erosion Control



47

SECTION 01524 – ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH, SAFETY AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Perform all work in compliance with all Federal, State, local and Authority requirements related to environmental, health and safety.

Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the work. 1. Salvage/Recycle Goals:

a. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials.

b. The Authority’s goal is to salvage and recycle as much non-hazardous demolition and construction materials as possible.

1.3 SUMMARY OF WORK INCLUDED

This Specification section shall apply to all demolition and construction materials and wastes, associated with the Contract Documents or these Specifications. It shall also apply to any materials or equipment generated or discovered during the construction or demolition work.

The work covered under these specifications consists of furnishing all plant supervision, labor, materials and equipment (except for services, materials, and/or equipment to be furnished by others as specifically referred to in the Contract Documents), and performing all operations required for the drainage improvements as detailed in the technical specifications and drawings.

The Contractor shall notify the Authority designated representative of any spills or other emergency situations. The Contractor is responsible for containing and cleaning spills or leaks including all costs associated with such work.


48

1.4 SUBMITTALS AND WORK PLANS

Submit the following plans at least 3 weeks prior to date established for commencement of the Work. The Contractor shall not begin the work until these documents are reviewed and approved by the Authority.

1. Materials and Waste Management Plan

a. The Contractor shall establish and submit a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. Plan must include at a minimum, the following:

1) Anticipated waste streams including recyclable materials and their

quantities and volumes; 2) Types and specifications of containers to be used; 3) How wastes will be segregated, staged, and labeled; 4) Storage, inspection and security procedures; 5) Name, address and permits for proposed recycling facilities; 6) Name, address and permits for proposed waste disposal facilities; 7) Name, address and permits for all proposed waste transporters; 8) Name, address, accreditation and certifications for a proposed

laboratory for waste analyses; 9) Evidence of current training documentation (i.e. RCRA, DOT) for

personnel proposed for waste handling functions; 10) Handling and transportation procedures shall also be discussed;

2. Site/Job Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP)

a. The Contractor shall establish and submit a comprehensive Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP). The HASP shall include both general procedures and specific requirements to be followed by the Contractor and their Sub-contractors to ensure the health and safety of employees, the public and the environment. The HASP shall be reviewed and approved by the Contractor’s Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) or Certified Safety Professional (CSP) prior to submittal to Authority. The HASP shall include, but shall not be limited to:

1) Emergency Action Plans and Accident Prevention Plan 2) Employee Training and Certifications 3) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Requirements


49

4) Medical Surveillance Program 5) Exposure Monitoring, Action Levels and Engineering Controls 6) Health Risk Identification and Hazard Analysis 7) Hazard Communication 8) Equipment Safety and Inspection 9) Identification and Regulation of Work Zones 10) Decontamination Procedures and Worker Hygiene Practices 11) Spill Response Procedures and Notification Protocol 12) Competent Person Inspections and Reporting Requirements 13) Clearance Testing and Inspections 14) Hazardous Materials Handling

3. Respiratory Protection Plan

a. The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive Respiratory Protection Plan. The written respirator protection plan at a minimum, shall address respirator protection that is in full compliance with all aspects of 29 CFR 1910.134, 1) exposure assessment, 2) signs to be posted in work areas, 3) protective clothing, 4) engineering and administrative controls, 5) hygiene facilities and practices, 6) decontamination, 7) housekeeping, 8) medical surveillance, 9) training and other items to satisfy OSHA standards as required

4. Lead Abatement Work Plan

a. All paints/coatings shall be considered lead containing and are subject to OSHA standards. The contractor shall comply with all Federal, State, local and Authority requirements for worker protection when assessing exposure to, and working with, lead containing materials. Requirements of note are specified in OSHA’s Lead in Construction (29 CFR 1926.62), Respiratory Protection (29 CFR 1910.134) and Hazard Communication (29 CFR 1910.1200) standards.

b. The Contractor shall establish and submit a Lead Abatement Work Plan in

addition to the Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) for review in accordance with all applicable Federal, State and local codes and regulations.

c. The Work Plan shall include, at a minimum,

1) locations and square footage for abatement (sketch preferred), 2) detail how wastes will be handled and containerized,


50

3) describe the PPE to be worn by the workers, including need rationale with documentation of exposure assessment(s),

4) provide training documentation, 5) list of materials and equipment, describing their use relevant to the

subject project.

d. Abrasive work methods and burning of paint is not permitted. e. Chemical stripping and/or HEPA shrouded tool methods may be used for paint

removal where the painted components are to be cut and/or welded. f. If water is used for water blasting/pressure washing or any purpose, a

portion of the work plan shall be dedicated to water management. The water shall not be allowed to flow into drains or allowed to flow to the river. Water shall be collected and tested by Contractor to determine proper disposal in consultation with Authority designated representative and properly disposed of by the Contractor.

g. Improper handling and storage of waste may result in immediate

shutdown of the project until corrective action is completed. h. Contractors and subcontractors shall comply with all worker protection

requirements including respiratory protection, personal protective equipment, medical monitoring, blood lead testing, proper removal/handling procedures, and worker training.

5. Confined Space Work Plan

a. Contractors shall comply with applicable requirements with respect to Confined Spaces as defined in Title 29, Part 1910, Section 146 of the Code of Federal Regulations (29CFR 1910.146), Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces (ANSI/ASSE Z117.1-2009) and The Authority’s Confined Space Safety Program. Where a conflict arises, the more stringent requirements shall apply.

b. Contractors involved in Confined Space work must:

1) Issue and post their own confined space entry permits by qualified issuers;

2) Provide appropriate calibrated confined space instrumentation to measure oxygen levels, explosive atmospheres, or the presence of toxic gases;

3) Provide documentation of Employee training; 4) Provide appropriate rescue equipment including, but not limited to:

i. Tripods and retrieval systems; ii. Full body harnesses and lanyards;


51

iii. Life lines and; iv. Communication devices

c. Potential Hazardous Atmosphere Entry - Prior to and for the duration of

any blasting, concrete disturbances, and/or painting activities within the Head Gate Slot space, the Alternate Method Entry Procedures form shall be completed by the Entry Supervisor for potential Hazardous Atmospheres. The form must be posted on the job site, is valid only on the date indicated, and must be turned over to the construction engineer at the end of the day.

d. During these activities, prior to entry, each potential hazard shall be

identified and evaluated by the entry supervisor. The space be entered using Hazardous Atmospheres-only if the actual or potential atmospheric hazards can be controlled with ventilation (and documented). Entry for reclassification and hazardous atmosphere-only will follow the Alternate Method Entry Procedure.

1.5 REFERENCES

Safety and environmental regulations to be adhered to throughout all stages of the project include, but are not limited to: 1. Waste Analysis and Hazardous Waste Determination – SW-846 Methods for

Analysis of Solid and Hazardous Wastes 2. Waste Analysis Laboratory Accreditation - NYSDOH ELAP Certified

laboratory 3. Hazardous Waste Identification, Handling and Storage - 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR

262 and 6 NYCRR 370-376 4. Hazardous Waste and Material Transportation - 40 CFR 263, 49 CFR 171- 179,

and 6 NYCRR 364, 372 5. Hazardous Waste Disposal - 40 CFR 264, 268 and 6 NYCRR 376 6. Hazardous Waste Handling Reporting - 40 CFR 262, 268 and 6 NYCRR 372 7. Solid Waste Disposal – 6 NYCRR Part 360 8. Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.1251, et seq) 9. Environmental Conservation Law (ECL) Art 3, Title 3; Article 15; Article 17,

Titles 3,5,7,8; Article 21; Article 70, Title 1, Article 71, Title 19. 10. New York State Penal Code, Article 175 and 210. 11. Public Health Law, Section 502 12. OSHA General Industry Standard – 29 CFR 1910 13. OSHA Construction Standard – 29 CFR 1926 14. OSHA Respiratory Protection - 29 CFR 1910.134 15. OSHA Hazard Communication – 29 CFR 1910.1200 16. OSHA Permit-Required Confined Space – 29 CFR 1910.146


52

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION

Contractor is responsible and assumes all costs for providing containers, and all packaging, labeling and placarding of all waste in accordance with United States Department (USDOT) regulations 49 CFR 171-180, as applicable.

Waste drums shall be new drums provided by the contractor (55-gallon, open head, DOT approved drums) or other DOT approved bulk or non-bulk containers.

Contractor is responsible and assumes all costs for transportation of materials and wastes to the recycling or non-hazardous waste disposal facilities.

Contractor shall arrange transportation of waste using only a 6 NYCRR Part 364 or equivalent transporter to transport waste off-site for disposal, unless the material is being recycled. Authority wastes may not be transshipped with wastes from other generators (only Authority wastes are allowed on the transport vehicle). Contractor shall complete Authority’s Pre-Transportation Checklist for each shipment of waste off-site, which can be obtained from the Authority’s construction manager.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

General: Implement all approved plans. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement management plans during the entire duration of the Contract.

Training: Utilize only workers and subcontractors that have been trained on proper waste management procedures, as well as safety hazards present.

All wastes shall be transported to the appropriate recycling or disposal facility within 60 days after the waste is generated. With Authority representative prior written approval, waste can be stored for an additional 30 days, but in no event shall waste be stored at the work site for more than 90 days from the date of generation. Authority Corporate Policy does not permit the transshipping of waste.

Contractor and all sub-contractors shall comply with Hazard Communication Standards, and shall be able to provide an MSDS for each product brought on-site. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the MSDS on site and readably available. Contractor shall keep wastes segregated and shall not co-mingle wastes (for example listed waste such as solvent, alcohol shall not be mixed with non-hazardous debris).

Waste transporters shall have all applicable permits and motor vehicle licenses and registrations required to legally transport waste over the road.


53

Improper handling and storage of waste may result in immediate shutdown of the project until corrective action is completed.

If repackaging or re-sizing of material is required for acceptance at TSDF, Contractor is responsible for all costs to transfer and/or manipulate materials into a transportable form.

3.1 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION

All materials removed shall be segregated and characterized for recycling and disposal in accordance with all applicable regulations. Contractor is responsible for performing testing required for acceptance at recycling or disposal facilities.

Contractor must identify laboratory to be used for waste testing. It must be a New York State Department of Health (NYSDOH) Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) certified lab for United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) SW-846 Methods for Analysis of Solid and Hazardous Wastes.

Contractor shall cooperate and provide logistical support to assist the Authority’s representative in the quantification, identification, sampling and testing of wastes from containers. Wastes shall not be allowed to accumulate more than 5 days from filling without testing or performing this determination

The Authority reserves the right to audit, inspect and perform its own testing to validate that the materials and wastes are suitable for recycling, ultimate end-use, or disposition. The right of inspection, and the exercise thereof, shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligation to indemnify the Authority. The Contractor shall cooperate fully with the Authority in all audits and inspections.

Contractor shall prepare draft waste profiles and other documents as may be required for acceptance of the waste streams by the disposal facility. Contractor shall submit draft profiles and supporting data (i.e. analytical data, MSDSs) for each waste stream for the Authority’s review and approval. Following Authority’s review and acceptance, contractor shall submit profiles to disposal vendors for approval.

Contractor shall coordinate submittals and approvals of waste disposal facilities with the Authority’s site environmental representative. In no event can accumulation times be exceeded for materials pending shipment.

3.2 HAZARDOUS WASTE

All hazardous wastes generated shall be collected and placed into appropriate containers. All drums/containers shall be labeled and logged as they are filled. All containers shall be sealed, when filled or work is complete, and moved to an Authority approved


54

storage location until transported off-site for disposal at an Authority approved TSDF (Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility). Contractor shall maintain containers in good condition. In the event a container becomes dented, punctured or damaged in handling or transfer, the contents shall either be transferred to a new container, or the damaged container shall be salvage packed.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection, segregated by waste type, testing, and storage of all hazardous waste material generated by the Contractor’s work. 1. Labels shall bear the following marking:

HAZARDOUS WASTE. Federal law prohibits improper disposal. If found, contact the

nearest police, or public safety authority, or the US Environmental Protection Agency.

Generator’s name: New York Power Authority

Generator’s EPA ID:______________________________

Manifest document No.:___________________________

Date:__________________________________________

Niagara Power Project, 5777 Lewiston Road, Lewiston, NY

While wastes are in storage pending disposal by the Authority, the Contractor shall comply with Authority waste handling procedures. Wastes shall be stored in a secure preferably indoor, paved facility, or shall to be transferred by Contractor to a designated area at a frequency directed by Authority representative. In the event that an indoor paved storage area is not available, the Contractor shall place waste in the containers on a pallet and cover the containers to prevent weather damage. All wastes shall be segregated and properly labeled. Contractor shall perform weekly inspection of the temporary waste storage area and containers while in storage.

Contractor shall correct improperly prepared, packaged, labeled or stored containers at the Authority’s request.

Contractor shall assign a unique identifier (ID number) to each container, complete log for each container and affix log to each container. Contractor shall enter the volume and type of waste added to the container and date drum was filled.

Contractor shall maintain a tracking log of containers and provide an updated copy to the Authority on a daily basis.

The Authority shall bear the responsibility and costs for transportation and disposal of hazardous waste materials.


55

3.3 NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE

All waste materials shall be collected and stored in a dumpster, or bulk or non-bulk containers. The dumpster/container will be emptied as necessary by the contractor and shall conform to limits as specified in 6 NYCRR 360, at a permitted facility.

For non-hazardous waste disposal, the Contractor shall submit a proposed disposal site along with all applicable permits and documentation for review and approval by the Authority. Contractor shall submit for Authority approval the name, address, contact person and copies of permits for any solid waste, construction and demolition, metal recycling, or landfill proposed to be used for non-hazardous wastes generated by contractor.

Contractor shall prepare all shipping papers (Non-Hazardous Waste Manifests or Bills of Lading, as appropriate, and as required by law) for review and approval by Authority representative. 1. Contractor is responsible to provide Authority representative with copies of

laboratory analyses, MSDSs, waste profiles, and all supporting documentation used to prepare for shipments.

2. Contractor shall provide waste analysis, draft profiles and shipping papers to the Site Environmental Representative in advance of submittal and shipment dates.

3. Shipments shall be coordinated in advance so that the Authority’s Site Representative or designee is present for shipment. No wastes shall leave Site without approval of Site Environmental Representative.

Contractor shall execute shipping papers and bear transportation and disposal costs for non-hazardous wastes.

Contractor shall provide the Authority with all weight tickets, return copies of all manifests, receipts and certificates of disposal or recycling for all shipments.

Burning, burial, or storage of removed materials is not permitted on site.

3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION MATERIALS

Preparation of Recyclables: Prepare and maintain recyclable materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements

The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Authority’s Site Representative for off-site shipments of equipment and waste before allowing materials to be shipped off-site.

Dumpsters and bins used to store and ship trash and solid waste shall be subject to inspection by Authority before shipment. Trash and construction waste shall be removed regularly from the site.


56

3.5 DUST AND FUME CONTROL

The control of potentially harmful dusts, fumes, mists, gases, smoke, sprays, or vapor, shall be accomplished by accepted engineering control measures. Examples of accepted controls include enclosure or confinement of the operation, ventilation, or substitution of less toxic materials.

The contractor shall provide all necessary controls to ensure worker exposures to dust from disturbances to materials with crystalline silica, remain below the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) established by OSHA. This is necessary during any cutting, grinding and/or chipping of concrete, mortar, rock or brick. Mandatory dust control measures include utilizing continuous wet methods, where possible, and/or other engineering controls such as Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) and High-Efficiently Particulate Air (HEPA) ventilated enclosures to minimize dust exposures.

The Authority’s preferred means of reducing worker exposure to respirable silica is to continuously apply water to the point of dust generation to suppress respirable silica dust. Under conditions where it is not practical or safe to use water to suppress dust, alternative engineering controls such as LEV and/or HEPA Filtration shall be to control dust exposures.

Where working conditions permit, a water hose shall be directly affixed to the tool(s). When the use of a hose directly affixed to the tool is not feasible, an assistant shall continuously apply water with a hand-held sprayer at each point of dust generation.

Tools not originally designed for dust control may be retrofitted with hoods and tubing so that an industrial-grade HEPA vacuum, or HEPA-filtered local exhaust can be used to reduce respirable silica dust. For portable tools where ducting is not feasible, or simply as an alternative to a capture hood, an assistant with can vacuum hose can be implemented.

Use of water as a dust suppression or local exhaust ventilation will typically reduce Silica exposures substantially; these controls, however, may not eliminate the hazards of silica exposure completely. As such, the minimum respiratory protection for personnel cutting, grinding and/or chipping of concrete, rock, mortar or brick is a P100 NIOSH-approved respirator. Additionally, personnel working near the respiratory hazard, such as the water sprayer, shall wear respiratory protection while the hazard exists.

The Authority requires that respiratory protection be implemented by the contractor in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134, 29 CFR 1926.103 and The Authority’s Respiratory Protection Standard (SFH 4-2). Written proof of Contractors’ respiratory protection program, including employee medical surveillance, training, fit tests, etc. must be included in the respiratory protection plans and made available to the Authority’s representative upon request.


57

Additional personnel and area monitoring may be required upon request by the Authority’s representative, at the expense of the Contractor, to insure the exposure to crystalline silica does not exceed the assigned protection factor of the respirator and that engineering controls and personnel protective equipment are adequate.

Warning Signs: Signs should be posted and maintained by the contractor to warn all personnel about the hazard and specify any protective equipment required (for example, respirators). The sample sign provided below contains the information needed for a silica work area. Similar signs shall be posted for other hazards.

END OF SECTION


58

SECTION 01576 - FACILITY POLLUTION, WATER, AND EROSION CONTROL


A. This work shall consist of control measures required by the specifications or as ordered by the Authority's Site Construction Representative during the life of the Contract to control erosion, water pollution, and water runoff through the use of berms, filter netting, gravel, mulches, silt fences, hay bales, sedimentation basins, and other control devices or methods. All drain trenches, and catch basins shall be protected and maintained free flowing and free of debris. All roadways shall be maintained free of debris.

B. In the event of conflict between these specification requirements and pollution control laws, rules or regulations of other Federal, State or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules or regulations shall apply.

1.2 PROTECTION OF WATER RESOURCES

A. All water resources (i.e. ground and surface waters), including all drains, shall be protected from leaching and /or run-off of chemical pollutants, solid wastes and construction site debris.

B. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit for review and approval by the

Authority, schedules and methods for accomplishment of site-specific pollution and erosion control plan for the duration of the project.

1. The water and pollution control plan shall be submitted to the Authority at

least ten (10) days prior to commencement of the work. 2. No work shall begin until the erosion and pollution control schedules and plans

have been approved by the Authority. 3. If conditions change during construction, the Contractor shall revise the plan

and resubmit to the Authority for review and approval.

C. A chemical and oil spill prevention and cleanup plan shall be provided and implemented during the course of the work. The Contractor shall maintain on site, sufficient quantities of absorbent materials for use in case of chemical or oil spills. In the event of any actual or suspected spill of any chemical, petroleum product, or waste water, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Authority's Construction Representative and immediately take all measures necessary to control the spread of the spilled material, and to clean it up.

D. Storage and/or use of chemicals, fuels, oils, greases, bituminous materials, solids,


59

waste washings, and cement shall be handled appropriately as to prevent leaching or surface run-off into public waters or drains. All Authority approved storage areas for these materials must be diked.

E. Disposal of any waste materials on the construction site is prohibited.

F. Water resulting from or contaminated by construction operations shall not be directly

discharged into any bodies of water or drainage systems.

G. There shall be no discharge of suspended and/or settle-able solids in amounts that cause visible contrast to natural conditions.

1.3 DEWATERING

A. Construction activities shall be performed in such a manner that the site shall be effectively drained. Drainage shall be by gravity wherever possible. Additional means shall be utilized when necessary and shall include pumping and bailing.

B. Water resulting from or contaminated by construction operations shall not be directly discharged to any water bodies or drain systems. Water discharged from pumps and associated equipment shall be handled to prevent ponding, sediment runoff, and creating hazardous conditions on paved surfaces.

1.4 FLOOR DRAIN AND CATCH BASIN PROTECTION

A. Drains shall be kept open during the duration of the work and rendered fully operational by the Contractor at the completion of the project.

B. Discharge of any liquids or solids into the Authority's sanitary or storm piping

system is prohibited unless specifically authorized in writing by the Authority. C. All exterior drains and catch basins within or adjacent to work areas or ground

disturbed by the Contractor’s activities shall be protected from sediment runoff. 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials necessary to

construct temporary and/or permanent control measures to control erosion and limit sediment discharges to storm drains, streams, rivers, lakes or canals from construction operation. Such measures shall include the construction of temporary berms, diversion ditches, dike checks, sediment structures (traps, basin(s), embankments), silt fence, and the use of mulches, mats, seeding or other control measures as necessary.

B. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and Local


60

regulations and laws. In the event of a discharge to streams, rivers, lakes or canals that causes a visible plume in the receiving water body, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Construction Representative and the Site Environmental Supervisor.

C. Erosion control features shall be installed by the Contractor as required to comply with the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.

D. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize erosion from clearing and

grubbing, excavation and backfilling operations, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction of temporary berms, dikes, and diversion ditches to divert runoff

of rainwater in an approved manner, at the conclusion of each day's activities. Runoff, as defined in this specification, is that portion of the precipitation on a drainage area resulting from the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event, which is discharged from that area via surface drainage.

2. Use of extreme caution to limit disturbances of natural areas to the absolute minimum required.

3. Sequencing of clearing and grubbing, excavation and backfilling operations to

maintain natural traps for eroded material and any other measures effective in minimizing erosion and limiting sediment discharge.

4. Excavation from any source shall not be deposited in or near rivers, streams,

or impoundments nor otherwise located to be susceptible to erosion due to high water, flooding, or rainwater runoff.

5. Shaping of the top of earthwork in a manner to permit and facilitate the runoff

of rainwater. Drainage ditches and/or intercept dikes shall be provided along the top of all excavated slopes and along the inside edge of all berms. The protective measures at the top of slopes shall be constructed before excavation.

6. Providing of temporary slope drains to accommodate the runoff of rainwater.

These drains shall be located as needed at no greater than 500-foot intervals.

E. The Contractor shall submit for approval with its proposal an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, which shall include the following: 1. Detailed information on the generic erosion and sediment control measures,

procedures and equipment to be used during trench excavation and backfilling, including dewatering and sediment settling methodologies.


61

2. Drawings describing the proposed methods and detailing the location and type of erosion control measures.

3. An inventory list of supplies needed to respond to unanticipated sediment

discharges including, but not limited to, hay bales, diking materials, and stakes. The inventory list shall also include items that will be maintained on hand in order to respond to accidental discharges of other deleterious substances, including, but not limited to, oil absorbent booms, spill pads, absorbent materials, and brooms.

F. All erosion and sediment control measures must be constructed prior to beginning

any land disturbances. These measures and devices cannot be removed until the disturbed areas are stabilized. All devices must be properly maintained and kept in optimum operating condition for the duration of construction.

G. Runoff from any land disturbing activity shall not be directly discharged or have the potential to be discharged off site, onto roadways, or into storm drains or into a watercourse. Accumulated sediment in a properly designed silt fence or trap shall be removed when 60% of the storage capacity of the structure/fence is filled with sediment.

H. All sites shall be stabilized and seeded with erosion control measures, such as

straw mulch, jute mesh, or excelsior within five (5) days of final grading. If construction is suspended, or sections completed, areas shall be seeded immediately and stabilized with appropriate erosion control measures. Maintenance shall be performed as necessary to ensure continued stabilization.

I. Temporary sediment trapping devices, such as silt fences, shall be removed within

thirty (30) calendar days following establishment of permanent stabilization.

J. All points of construction ingress and egress shall be protected to prevent the deposition of materials onto roadways and paved areas either by installing and maintaining a stabilized construction entrance, or by washing all vehicle wheels in a safe disposal area. All materials deposited onto roadways and paved areas shall be removed immediately.

K. Areas that are completed either before or after the seeding season specified, and

all areas that will be left exposed for more than five (5) days, including all excavated and stockpiled materials, shall be temporarily mulched with hay (straw) and anchored with Terratac or other approved binder. The application rate for temporary mulching shall be two (2) tons of mulch per acre and application of mulch anchorage/binder at rates recommended by the manufacturer, unless otherwise noted.

L. Seeding shall be in accordance with NYSDOT Standard Specifications Sections,


62

unless noted otherwise. 1.6 DUST AND FUME CONTROL

A. The control of potentially harmful dusts, fumes, mists, gases, smoke, sprays, or vapor, shall be accomplished by accepted engineering control measures, for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, ventilation, and substitution of less toxic materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall comply with the applicable sections of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications, unless otherwise noted.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION

A. All materials shall be installed in accordance with the applicable sections of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications, unless otherwise noted..



63

SECTION 01577 - FACILITY PROTECTION AND SITE RESTORATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. For the duration of the work, the Contractor is responsible for adequately protecting all Authority equipment and facilities from damage/contamination. This shall include, but not limited to, the prevention of dust, fumes, and debris caused or created by construction activities from entering Authority occupied or public access spaces.

1.2 FACILITY PROTECTION

A. The Authority shall be continuously utilizing areas of the facility and property adjacent to the work areas. The Contractor shall conduct work in a manner that will minimize disruption of the Authority's normal operations. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours advance notice to the Authority of activities, which will impact the Authority's normal operations.

B. The Contractor shall provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection

as required to protect the Authority's personnel, equipment, and facilities from injury or damage due to the Contractor's work.

1. The Contractor shall provide protective measures, as required, for free and

safe passage of Authority's personnel to and from occupied portions of the work zones.

2. Where required, interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports shall be installed to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures or elements which are to be modified or otherwise affected by the Contractor's activities.

3. The Contractor shall protect existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during work operations.

C. Traffic Control Measures

1. The Contractor shall conduct operations in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.

2. The Authority’s streets, roadways, walks, or other occupied or used facilities shall not be closed, blocked, or otherwise obstructed without written permission from the Authority. Alternate routes around closed or obstructed


64

traffic ways must be provided.

3. All lane and/or road closing shall conform to the requirements of the NYS Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (NYS MUTCD).

D. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. E. Utility Services

1. The Contractor shall maintain existing utilities not indicated to be removed, keep in service, and protect against damage during Contractor's operations.

2. The Contractor shall not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by the Authority. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to the Authority.

F. Environmental Controls

1. Water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods shall be used to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air. The Contractor shall comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection.

2. Water shall not be used when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, or pollution and in areas of live electrical cables.

G. Cutting, Burning, and Welding

1. All cutting, burning, and welding operations require issuance of written permits from both the Contractor and the Authority.

2. The Contractor shall provide a fire watch during all cutting, burning, and welding operations. Fire extinguisher shall be located within 20 feet of any operation.

H. The Authority assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items, structures

or existing roadways. I. The Contractor shall promptly repair damages caused to facilities and surfaces at

no cost to the Authority.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating proposed methods and sequence of


65

operations for demolition work to the Authority for review prior to commencement of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust, exhaust fumes, and noise control protection.

1. Provide detailed sequence of work to ensure continued access through the

work zones as required for Authority's on-site operations. 2. Coordinate with Authority's continuing occupation of the site. 3. Coordinate with Authority for storage of materials that are scheduled to be

salvaged and/or reused. 4. Methods of how various items will be protected. 5. Provide temporary support to utilities, equipment, structures as required.

B. Drawings: Submit drawings and/or design calculations on how the existing

facilities and utilities will be protected and/or temporarily supported. 1.4 INSPECTION

A. Prior to commencement of work, inspect areas in which work will be performed. Photograph existing conditions of structures, surfaces, equipment, and surrounding utilities which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from the work; file with the Authority prior to starting work.

B. Verify that all underground utilities have been identified prior to all work.

1.5 PREPARATION

A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or temporary support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures and utilities as required.

1. Cease operations and notify the Authority immediately if safety of structure

appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations.

B. Cover and protect equipment and fixtures to remain from damage when

demolition work is performed in areas from which such items have not been removed.

1.6 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

A. Perform work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work in accordance with the approved schedule and governing regulations. 1. Promptly remove debris. 2. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by


66

applicable regulatory agencies.

1.7 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS AND DEBRIS

A. Debris shall be removed from the site of work promptly. Items indicated to be removed and disposed of, but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from the site as they are removed. Storage of or sale of removed items designated to be disposed of on-site is not permitted.

B. Remove debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from operations from

jobsite. Transport and legally dispose of materials off-site. Indicate to the Authority in writing the disposal site to be used and provide copies of all applicable permits.

1. If hazardous materials are encountered during operations, comply with

applicable Federal, State, and local regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. a. All insulation when encountered shall be presumed asbestos containing

material (PACM) and must be verified as such before proceeding with work.

b. The Authority shall be immediately notified should the Contractor encounter such material. Work shall not proceed without the prior approval of the Authority.

c. All permits required for the removal of asbestos containing materials shall be reviewed by the Authority prior to submission to the appropriate regulatory agencies.

2. Burning, burial, or storage of removed materials is not permitted on the project site.

3. Trash and debris shall be removed from the worksite(s) on a daily basis. C. The Contractor is not permitted to store or dispose of excess materials, excavated

materials, garbage, etc. at the Authority Facility, except as noted. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits, and at its own cost, to dispose of unwanted material or garbage at a proper licensed dump facility. All debris from operations shall be removed on a daily basis and shall not be permitted to accumulate or hinder access throughout the work areas.

1.8 CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR

A. Upon completion of work, remove tools, equipment, materials, and debris from


67

site. All roadway and storage areas shall be cleaned and swept.

B. The Contractor shall repair areas damaged during construction and shall return all areas affected by construction to their pre-existing conditions, at no cost to the Authority.

1.9 STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE MATERIALS

A. All flammable materials shall be stored in their original, labeled containers and

placed within an approved storage cabinet when not in use.

B. All combustible waste materials shall be placed in covered metal containers and promptly disposed of in an approved manner at an approved waste disposal facility.

C. Appropriate type fire extinguishers shall be provided and placed near all storage locations.


A. SECTION 01010 - Summary of Work B. SECTION 01100 - Jobsite Requirements C. SECTION 01576 - Facility Pollution, Water, and Erosion Control

1.11 REFERENCES

A. New York State Department of Transportation Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (NYS MUTCD).

B. New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications

Construction and Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall comply with the applicable sections of the NYSDOT standard Specifications, unless otherwise noted.

B. Grass seed mixture for lawn areas shall consist of the following varieties by

weight: 33% Creeping Red Fescue, 33% Kentucky Bluegrass Improved, and 33% Perennial Rye Grass Improved, unless otherwise noted.


68

C. Asphalt Materials (unless otherwise noted):

Top Course: 1½” NYSDOT Type 6

Binder Course: 2½” NYSDOT Type 3 Base Course: 12” NYSDOT Type 1

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SITE RESTORATION

A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in the specifications, all materials shall be installed in accordance with the applicable sections of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications.

B. Turf areas disturbed or damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be reestablished in accordance with NYSDOT Standard Specifications except as modified by the Contract Documents.

3.2 RESTORATION OF PAVED AND UNPAVED AREAS

A. After work is completed, the grade shall be restored to its original elevation and condition, unless otherwise noted.

B. Asphaltic patch and concrete for sidewalk areas shall be used in areas that were originally paved. Original paving material shall be matched in grade and finish.



69

SECTION 01701 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Submittal of warranties. 4. Submittal of “New Equipment Data Sheet”. 5. Final cleaning.

B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the

appropriate Sections in the Technical Specifications and the Supplementary and General Conditions.

1.2 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS

C. Contractor shall provide all as built drawings, manuals, cut sheets, all approved

submittals, completely filled out test procedures, FAT documents, O&M manual, installation instruction, preventive maintenance manual, torque values, storage instructions, fabrication and installation photographs, nameplate photographs, test results, graphs, traces and recommended spare parts list as one official submittal within 30 days of arrival of the equipment to the site or within 30 days of the completion of installation work. The authority may withhold the final 10% payment until all as built documents are approved by the authority. The said 10% withhold is addition to any payment retention set forth in the contract.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Prior to requesting an inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, the

following shall be completed: 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date

Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent (100%) completion for the portion of the work claimed as substantially complete.

a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these

Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.


70

b. If 100 percent (100%) completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the work is not complete.

2. Advise the Authority of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final

certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Authority unrestricted use of the work

and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Authority. Advise the Authority's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

7. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

8. Submit all “New Equipment Data Sheets” for all equipment installed under this contract.

9. Complete final cleanup requirements. 10. Sweep and clean all sidewalks and roadways. 11. Complete all site restoration.

B. In receipt of a request for inspection, the Authority will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. The Authority will prepare the "Certificate of Substantial Completion" form following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.

1. The Authority will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the work is

substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final

acceptance. 1.4 COMPLETION REPORT

A. Contract must supply a unit completion report for each unit within 45 days of unit return to commercial operation date. The completion report shall include detail photographs, diagram, drawings, lesson learn, nameplates, periodic maintenance and update recommendation, warranty information, cut sheets, contact information of all subcontractor.

1.5 FINAL ACCEPTANCE


71

A. Prior to requesting an inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, the following shall be submitted:

1. The final payment request in accordance with the Contract Documents with

releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required.

2. An updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.

3. A copy of the final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Authority.

4. The consent of surety to final payment. 5. A final liquidated damages settlement statement, if applicable. 6. Evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance

requirements. 7. All final documentation, including As-Built Drawings.

B. The Authority will re-inspect the work upon receipt of notice that all outstanding

items have been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Authority.

1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Authority will prepare a certificate of

final acceptance. If the work is incomplete, the Authority will advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.

2. If necessary, re-inspection will be repeated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NEW EQUIPMENT DATA SHEET

A. The Contractor shall complete a New Equipment Data Sheet, to be provided by the

Authority, for each piece of equipment installed under this contract. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. The facility and project areas shall be returned to the Authority in proper condition. B. All areas shall be properly cleaned and all debris properly removed and disposed.


72

C. All temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the work during construction shall be removed.



73

ATTACHMENT 1 – FIELD CHANGE NOTICE


74



75

ATTACHMENT 2 – FIELD CHANGE REQUEST


76



77

ATTACHMENT 3 – DESIGN CHANGE NOTICE


78



79

ATTACHMENT 4 – SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET


80

SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET

CONTRACTOR: SUBMITTAL NO.:

ADDRESS: DATE OF SUBMITTAL:

CONTRACT NO.:

MANUFACTURER:

NAME OF PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II

SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION:

REFERENCES:

Specification Section(s) Paragraph(s)

Contract Drawing(s) CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE

NEW YORK POWER AUTHORITY REVIEW

Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project & general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Notations are subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job site; Fabrication processes and techniques of construction; Coordination of all work with that of all other trades and the satisfactory performance of all contract work.

NEW YORK POWER AUTHORITY DOCUMENT REVIEW STATUS

STATUS NO: 1 ACCEPTED 2 ACCEPTED AS NOTED

RESUBMITTAL NOT REQUIRED 3 ACCEPTED AS NOTED

RESUBMITTAL REQUIRED 4 NOT ACCEPTED

Permission to proceed does not constitute acceptance or approval of design details, calculations, analyses, test methods or materials developed or selected by the supplier and does not relieve supplier from full compliance with constructural negotiations.

REVIEWED BY: TITLE:

DATE:

REMARKS:


81

ATTACHMENT 5 – CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTAL LOG


82

SUBMITTAL LOG Sensor Deployment Phase II

LEGEND 1 - Accepted Last Updated: ________________ 2 - Accepted as Noted Resubmittal Not Required

3 - Accepted as Noted Resubmittal Required 4 - Not Accepted

Sub No. Description Received Approved Status Comments


83

ATTACHMENT 6 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) SHEET


84

REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

CONTRACTOR:

ADDRESS:

PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II

CONTRACT #:

RFI #:

DATE:

DESCRIPTION: REFERENCES:

Specification Section(s): Paragraph(s):

Contract Drawing(s):

Submitted By: NYPA RESPONSE:

NYPA ENGINEER:


85

ATTACHMENT 7 - CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION/MONITORING PROGRAM


86

CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION/MONITORING PROGRAM (CI/MP)

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for converting the project design into a completed high-quality facility through the establishment and implementation of a construction inspection/monitoring program for the Contractor and associated subcontractor(s). All guidelines set forth in this document shall pertain to the Contractor and all associated subcontractor(s) on this project.

1.2 Implementation of the Construction Inspection/Monitoring Program must recognize

the need not only for quality construction consistent with the intent of the project design and contract.

1.3 This program is based on a combination of direct inspection of material, equipment

and processes as well as a systematic monitoring of construction activities. This inspection and monitoring process as well as responsibilities are described in the following sections.

1.4 The Contractor and their subcontractor(s) shall employ a full time independent

Quality Control Inspector which is knowledgeable in the specific discipline to inspect and monitor the work. The inspector(s) shall be independent from organizational personnel with responsibilities of scheduling, manufacturing, project management, field construction activities, fabrication and engineering. Resumes of all inspector(s) shall be provided to the Authority for review and acceptance.

2.0 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

2.1 The Contractor has the responsibility to assure that all aspects of work comprising any activity during construction are performed in accordance with the Project’s design requirements, specifications, drawings and applicable codes and standards.

2.2 The Contractor has the responsibility for performing and documenting inspection of

all project work verifying conformance to the requirements specified in the Contract Documents.

2.3 The Contractor shall hire a third-party safety company to walk each site, at a

minimum, every 30 days. The third-party safety company shall provide a written report to the Authority documenting OSHA safety violations with recommendations for a return to compliance.

2.4 The Contractor shall develop, implement, and completed inspection checklists, with

the Authority’s approval, and forms to verify that an inspection of work has been completed and that the materials used and the workmanship performed by the


87

Contractor comply with the project’s Contract Documents. Prior to the start of work, the Contractor, Authority’s Construction Site Representative (CSR), and a representative from the Authority’s Quality Assurance (QA) Department, shall meet to review and approve the checklists to be used for the project and the applicable hold and witness points.

2.5 Witness Points

Those inspection and test points for which five (5) working days notice must be given by the Contractor to the Authority’s CSR but do not require the Contractor to hold up the performance of inspection or test if the Authority’s CSR is not available to witness performance.

Hold Points

Those inspection and test points for which five (5) working days notice must be given by the Contractor to the Authority’s CSR, and require witness of the inspection or test by the CSR unless a documented waiver is given to the Contractor.

Unless a waiver has been granted, if an inspection or test point designated as a hold point does not have the requisite witnessing by the CSR, the Contractor faces rejection of the work by the Authority and must repeat the inspection or test for the CSR before the work can be considered acceptable.

3.0 INTERFACE WITH THE AUTHORITY’S CONSTRUCTION SITE

REPRESENTIVE The Contractor shall cooperate fully and provide the necessary support for the

Authority’s Construction Site Representative (CSR) and QA Representative during inspection of construction activities. They will monitor the Contractor’s compliance with the Contract Documents by, but not limited to, the following methods:

Review of completed checklists Inspection of ongoing work activities Verification of selected contractor inspections by witness, document review

and/or test Citing items requiring corrective action by the contractor

The Contractor shall provide the Authority’s Site Representative full access to all work areas and equipment that are associated with performance of the Contract work.


88

4.0 AREAS OF INSPECTION As a minimum, the following areas shall be inspected:

A. Field Inspection

1. During construction, the Contractor shall perform inspections and tests detailed in the Contract Documents, in the checklists, and others that may be necessary to assure the Contractor has fulfilled the requirements of the Contract Documents.

2. Inspections may be delegated to subcontractors. However, the prime Contractor

shall retain responsibility for compliance with contractual requirements and shall perform inspections and reviews of subcontractor(s) to provide assurance of compliance with contractual requirements.

B. Vendor Inspection

The Contractor shall perform inspections at vendor(s)’ facilities on items which may affect fit, function, and schedule if the item is defective. The Contractor shall, as a minimum, delegate to its vendor(s) the conditions of the contract which are applicable. In addition, provision for access of the authorized Authority personnel shall be included.

5.0 MATERIAL VERIFICATION AND CONTROL

5.1 The Contractor is responsible for receipt inspection, storage, maintenance and safekeeping of all material, components and equipment, whether Contractor or Authority-furnished from the time received until finally installed and accepted by the Authority.

5.2 The Authority’s Construction Site Representative will monitor the Contractor’s

compliance to the material control program to verify that material, components and equipment conform to the requirements of the contract documents.

5.3 The Contractor shall prepare in proper form all documents required for claims based

on shipping damage or shortage. Where such claims involve material furnished by the Authority, they shall be processed in accordance with the procedures established by the Authority for the project. Claims involving material purchased by the Contractor shall be processed by the Contractor, and the Authority shall be informed of the status of such claims and the provisions made for timely replacement of damaged or missing items.


89

5.4 Certain material may be subject to an additional receiving inspection by the Authority. Such inspections will be made concurrently with the Contractor’s inspections for immediately thereafter, before the items are moved to storage or to their installation location. Inspections will include checking for condition, shipping damage, or shortage, as well as for conformance with specifications and purchase orders. The Contractor shall provide at no expense to the Authority all labor and equipment necessary for the Authority’s Receiving Inspection.

5.5 MATERIAL RECEIVING

a) The Authority shall notify the Contractor of the arrival of material, components and equipment furnished by the Authority requiring receipt inspection.

b) The Authority’s CSR shall monitor Contractor’s use of accepted industry

practices to handle all components and equipment so as not to jeopardize the physical condition of each component. This shall include material purchased by the Contractor or the Authority.

c) Equipment requiring special handling instructions shall be observed by the

Authority.

d) The receipt inspection shall be documented by the Contractor on the Material Receiving Report. This report reflects the status of the materials, components or equipment received at the site whether Authority or Contractor furnished.

e) Any material damage or discrepancies found on Authority furnished material shall

be noted on the Material Deficiency Report. and shall be forwarded to the Authority’s Construction Site Representative for disposition.

f) The Material Receiving Instruction shall be initiated by the Authority’s CSR

whenever specific instructions are necessary to define mandatory receiving inspections, storage or maintenance requirements on Authority furnished material or equipment.

5.6 RECEIPT INSPECTION

The material receipt inspection to be performed by the contractor shall consist of the following items as minimum: Review of the packing list for correctness and traceability of the items received.

Visual examination to verify the items have no physical damage caused by, but not

limited to, the following:

a. Rough handling and shipping.


90

b. Failure of packaging, dunnage, protective covers, and seals.

c. Loss of inert gas blanketing or missing desiccant.

Spot checks and random measurements of critical dimensions to verify that overall dimensions, mounting holes, weld ends preps, flanged connections, configuration, and orientation conform to the requirements of the design documents.

General visual examination to determine that general workmanship, materials, welding,

machining, and painting conform to the requirements of the design documents.

Marking and identification conform to specified requirements as follows:

a. Material marking: heat numbers, piece marking, etc.

b. Nameplates: code stamping, manufacture’s name, serial number, model number, etc.

c. Tags: purchase order, item numbers, etc.

Documentation is acceptable for:

a. Traceability to item.

b. Legibility.

c. Completeness to the requirements of the specifications.

d. Certified Material Test Reports of Certificates of Conformity as required by this specification

6.0 STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL BY THE CONTRACTOR

6.1 Storage of equipment/material by the Contractor shall be performed in a manner not to degrade the cleanliness or packaging, and to minimize corrosion or deterioration of materials. Certain metals shall not be stored in contact with each other and special instructions from the manufacturer of the item or within the procurement specifications shall apply.

6.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the receipt, storage maintenance, and

safekeeping of all items from the time received until they are installed and accepted by the Authority. The Contractor shall also receive, handle, and store any materials returned by the construction force after original issue due to damage, defects, wrong description, changes in requirements, surplus, or any other cases.


91

6.3 The Authority’s CSR will monitor the Contractor’s performance of periodic

maintenance, such as lubrication and rotation of pumps and motors, and conducting tests to assure that the item has not or will not deteriorate while stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

6.4 All material shall be so arranged in storage as to permit ready access to any item for

inspection, or retrieval without excessive handling or movement of the item involved, or of items stored adjacent to it.

6.5 External identification markings shall be used on all items. They shall be of such size

and so located as to be clearly visible. Hazardous material such as paints, chemicals or flammable oils and solvents shall be separated and shall have a “Warning Notice” on the outside of the container.

6.6 Items stacked for storage shall be so arranged and supported that excessive strains are

not imposed on material in the lower tiers. Weatherproof coverings used for outdoor storage protection shall be of flame resistant sheeting or tarpaulin, so placed as to permit drainage and air circulation, and tied securely to prevent wind damage.

6.7 Storage areas shall be kept clean. Access shall be limited to as required to prevent

theft and/or vandalism. Fire protection shall be provided commensurate with the type of storage area and the type, value and vulnerability of the items stored. Where necessary, special measures shall be used to exclude rodents and other animals. Fences, barriers, and personal surveillance shall be provided as required to prevent vandalism and theft.

6.8 Surveillance activities shall be conducted on any special maintenance activities

required by the manufacturers specification and shall be documented on the Inspection Report.

6.9 Contractor shall furnish to NYPA written procedures 90 days prior to delivery of

equipment on recommended handling for long term storage, including descriptions of periodic inspections, and/or storage maintenance required to prevent degradation of the supplied equipment and to maintain the warranty. Contractor must supply all required test equipment to perform any periodic test at the warehouse. All costs to obtain the test equipment, support and crane must be paid by the contractor. It is contractor’s responsibility to make arrangement with the Authority to inspect the warehouse. All spare parts will be stored at warehouse.

6.10 The contractor and its subcontractor(s) are responsible to transport their equipment,

parts and material to/from the above location with no charge to the Authority. 7.0 CONTROL OF NONCONFORMANCE


92

7.1 The Deficiency Report is a written report to document and control nonconformance

or deficiency in characteristic, documentation, or procedure which could affect the reliability or render the quality of an item or activity unacceptable or indeterminate.

7.2 A Deficiency Report (DR) can be issued by the Contractor or the Authority to report

a nonconformance condition. This report is not intended for minor issues that are corrected by the Contractor after oral direction from the Authority’s CSR.

7.3 When the Contractor fails to take corrective measures after being advised of the

nonconformance condition, the Authority’s CSR prepares the Deficiency Report and forwards it to the Contractor for disposition.

7.4 The Contractor shall assign the DR number, log it in the DR log book and provide the

disposition as one of the following: REWORK

The process by which a nonconforming item is made to conform to the specified requirements of the design documents. When rework is the disposition, the responsible Contractor or vendor(s) shall provide the method to be used to perform the rework. The method of rework must be reviewed by the Authority prior to start of rework.

REJECT

A disposition in which a nonconforming item or service will not be permitted to be used on the project. ACCEPT-AS-IS A disposition that is permitted for a nonconforming item on service when it can be established that the item is satisfactory for its intended use. Whenever the Contractor’s recommended disposition is “ACCEPT-AS-IS”, the Authority’s approval is required.

7.5 Copies of Deficiency Reports shall be distributed to:

Contractor Site Office Authority’s Site Representative Authority’s Project Manager


93

7.6 If the nonconformance is to be corrected by rework, the CSR or Authority’s QA Representative shall verify where corrective action has been implemented, and that the specified corrective action has been satisfactorily completed.

8.0 CONTROL OF NONCONFORMANCE FOR NON-MATERIAL RECEIPT ISSUES

8.1 The Contractor and their subcontractor(s) shall document in a written procedure the

methods for disposition of items and performance that do not meet contract documents requirements, or Authority approved drawings, procedures, or vendor drawings. These methods shall contain provisions for:

1. Evaluation of conforming items 2. Submittal of all conformance notices to the Authority. These submittals shall

include supplier – recommended disposition (e.g. use – as – is or repair) and technical justification, and shall be approved by the Authority

The Non-Conformance Procedure shall be submitted for the Authority’s review and approval.

9.0 TESTING SERVICES

9.1 An independent testing laboratory employed by the Authority by a separate contract, will perform verification testing or inspecting as directed by the Authority’s CSR during the construction activities.

9.2 The following testing will generally be performed by the testing laboratory engaged

by the Authority unless otherwise noted in the contract:

a) Soil testing

b) Bituminous paving testing

c) Concrete testing

d) Nondestructive Weld Examination

e) Electrical Testing

9.3 The Authority CSR shall utilize the services for the testing laboratory to randomly check critical installation work performed by the Contractor.

9.4 Laboratory services obtained by the Authority are solely an assurance that the

Contract provisions are met. 9.5 Where results of Authority-procured tests are made available to the Contractor, the


94

Authority does so as a convenience only, and in no way shall this act be construed as relieving the Contractor of his obligations to provide materials and workmanship in accordance with the Contract Document.

9.6 The Contractor shall, at his expense, furnish labor, equipment, and materials to assist

in field inspections that may occur as mentioned in Section 9.3. 10.0 QUALIFICATION FOR CONTRACTOR’S INSPECTION AND TESTING

PERSONNEL

10.1 RESPONSIBILITY

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that only those personnel within its organization who meet the requirements established herein are permitted to perform inspection, examination, and testing activities. It shall also be the Contractor’s responsibility to comply with the procedure and instructions issued for the work and to the requirements established therein.

10.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

a. Certifications Each person who verifies conformance of work activities to quality requirements shall be certified by their employer as being qualified to perform their assigned work. This certification shall be supported by appropriate measures such as education or training, testing, evaluation, and periodic review to assure the initial and continued proficiency of each person. The effective period of certification shall be established and at the end of the effective period of certification, each individual shall be re-certified in accordance with the requirements of this criteria. b. Certificate of Qualification The qualification of personnel shall be documented in an appropriate form. The certificate shall include the following information: Employer’s name. Person being certified. Activity qualified to perform. Effective period of certification. Signature of employer’s designated representative. Basis used for certification.

c. Inspection Personnel


95

Inspection activities to verify the quality of the work shall be performed by persons other than those who performed the activity being inspected. Such person shall not report directly to the immediate supervisors who are responsible for the work being inspected.

10.3 QUALIFICATIONS

a. To be considered for certification, a candidate must satisfy the following requirements:

Graduate of a 4-year accredited engineering or science college or university, plus 2 years of experience in quality assurance, including testing or inspection (or both) of power plant, heavy industrial, or other similar equipment or facilities.

High school graduate, plus 4 years of experience in testing or inspection (or both)

of power plant, heavy industrial, or other similar equipment or facilities.

b. Inspection and Testing Functions

A person shall have experience and training in the performance of required inspections and tests and in the organization and evaluation of the results of the inspections and tests. The person shall be capable of determining the validity of test results. c. Nondestructive Examination Functions

Personnel involved in the performance, evaluation, or supervision of nondestructive examinations, including radiography, ultrasonic, penetrant, magnetic particle, or eddy current methods shall meet the qualification requirements specified in SNT-TC-IA and supplements. These personnel involved in the performance, evaluation, and supervision of gas leak test methods shall meet the qualification requirements specified in sections a and b above. d. Visual Examination of Welds

An AWS Certified Welding Inspector with a minimum of 7 years of

documented experience will be required to perform all visual welding examinations. Weld visual examinations are to include fit up checks, root pass inspection and final weld pass inspection. All inspection checks are to be documented. No self-inspection of welds is allowed.

e. Weld Maps Documentation

a. The Contractor and subcontractor(s) shall provide weld map records


96

that specifically identify the new or repaired welds with a unique traceable weld joint designation number, date the weld was completed, location of the weld, welder who performed the weld, and NDE types performed. Examiner(s) initials and date inspection was completed, shall also be documented.

b. All weld map records as a minimum will be documented on Authority approved drawings for piping and supports or on structural drawings for structural welds, that will depict the location of the welded joint.

c. The Contractor shall submit a typical weld map record for the Authority’s review and approval. Any changes requested by the Authority shall be made with cost to the Authority.

10.4 RECORDS

A file of records of personnel qualification shall be established and maintained by the Contractor throughout the employee’s period of work activities at the work site. This file shall contain records of past performance history, training, initial and periodic evaluations, and certification of the qualifications of each person.

11.0 RECORD CONTROL

11.1 Material receiving documentation, maintenance documentation, nonconformance documentation, and construction records in the form of test reports and inspection checklists shall be provided by the Contractor to the Authority for review.

11.2 The Contractor shall maintain on-going logs for all documents to assure that all

required documents are available and filed and that all unsatisfactory conditions have been resolved.

11.3 The Contractor shall complete and submit checklists at the frequency required in the

Contract Documents. 12.0 LIST OF ATTACHED REPORTS

Material Receiving Report (MRR)

Material Receiving Instruction (MRI)

Material Deficiency Report (MDR)

Storage Yard Inspection Report

Deficiency Report (DR)


97

Deficiency Report Log


98

MATERIAL RECEIVING REPORT PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II MRR NO.: CONTRACT NO. : CONTRACTOR: SUPPLIER: PO NO.: CARRIER:

QUANTITY RECEIVED

MATERIAL DESCRIPTION

REMARKS

CONTRACTOR: Signature/Date


99

MATERIAL RECEIVING INSTRUCTION PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II MRI NO. CONTRACT NO.: CONTRACTOR: SUPPLIER: ITEMS: RECEIVING, STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS:

DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED: (√)

Mill Test Report Welding Procedure

Material Certification Non-destructive Test Report Specify: Specify:

Installation Manual Test Reports Remarks: Prepared by:


100

MATERIAL DEFICIENCY REPORT PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II MDR NO. CONTRACT NO.: CONTRACTOR: SUPPLIER: REFERENCE MDR NO.: (Attached) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION: Description of Loss, Damage or Unsatisfactory Condition: Contractor: Signature/Date Disposition: NYPA: Signature/Date


101

STORAGE YARD INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II CONTRACT NO.: CONTRACTOR: STORAGE YARD LOCATION: ITEMS YES NO N/A

1. 24 hours guard service is provided

2. Materials are properly cribbed and stacked to prevent sagging.

3. Materials are properly banded and covered where required.

4. Damage materials are properly tagged for repair or replacement and have been properly segregated.

5. Erosion control is properly maintained by the contractor. Sedimentation basins are cleaned out and functional Weed control adequate Ditching is adequate and in working condition Roads are free of ruts and any erosion

6. Site is clean and free of all garbage and debris.

7. Combustible materials are isolated as required and safety regulations are in force.

8. Other verification performed.

Inspected by: Name/Organization/Date


102

DEFICIENCY REPORT (DR) PROJECT: Sensor Deployment Phase II DR NO. CONTRACT NO.: CONTRACTOR LOCATION: Description of problem or deficiency and recommended corrective action (if any): Initiated by: Signature/Date Disposition: (Check One) Rework Reject Accept-As-Is (Explain): Authority Construction Site Representative Corrective action and work completed: Date of completion: Verified by: Authority Construction Site Representative


103

DEFICIENCY REPORT LOG

DR NO. INITIATED BY

NAME/ORGANIZATION DATE

WRITTEN

DATE OF WORK

COMPLETED REMARKS


104

CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL CHECKLISTS A-1 MASONRY A-2 INSTALLATION OF METAL JOISTS A-3 METAL DECKING INSTALLATION A-4 INSULATION A-5 ROOF INSTALLATION A-6 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A-7 METAL WINDOWS INSTALLATION A-8 GYPSUM DRYWALL INSTALLATION A-9 TILE INSTALLATION A-10 GLAZING A-11 PREFORMED WALL SYSTEM A-12 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATINGS (3 COATS) A-13 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATINGS (2 COATS) A-14 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATING – PIPELINE A-15 SPRAY-ON FIREPROOFING A-16 GYPSUM DRYWALL & PLASTERING INSTALLATION A-17 GYPSUM DRWALL FRAMING INSTALLATION


105

CIVIL CHECKLISTS C-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING C-2 EXCAVATION C-3 EROSION CONTROL C-4 BACKFILL C-5 SITE GRADING C-6 FORMING C-7 PLACING REINFORCEMENT STEEL AND EMBEDMENT C-8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT C-9 GROUTING C-10 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING C-11 WELDING STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL C-12 INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL C-13 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND PIPE C-14 PRECAST CONCRETE GRILL INSTALLATION C-15 GUIDE RAIL INSTALLATION C-16 TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT INSTALLATION C-17 PENETRATING SEALER APPLICATION C-18 TRANSVERSE SAWCUT GROOVING OF CONCRETE C-19 PERMANENT PAVING MARKINGS C-20 SEALING EXPANSION JOINTS C-21 CLEANING DRAINAGE SYSTEM C-22 CONCRETE REPAIR – REMOVALS & SURFACE PREPARATION


106

C-23 MANHOLE PIPE REPAIR C-24 INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE SUPPORTS C-25 REPAIR TO EXISTING PIPE SUPPORTS C-26 FOUNDATION DESIGN SUMMARY C-27 TYPE WB / WG / WR FOUNDATION INSTALLATION C-28 AS-BUILT STRUCTURE GROUNDING C-29 WOOD POLE ASSEMBLY & ERECTION C-30 STRINGING REPORT – OVERHEAD GROUND WIRE C-31 SAGGING REPORT C-32 INSULATOR AND HARDWARE – INSTALLATION REPORT C-33 SPACER / DAMPER REPORT C-34 LAMINATED WOOD PRODUCTS C-35 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE ERECTION C-36 SOLDIER PILE AND LAGGING (ROCK INSTALLATION) C-37 SHEET PILE INSTALLATION C-38 PRE-INSTALLATION OF POST-TENSIONED ANCHORS C-39 POST-TENSIONED ANCHOR INSTALLATION C-40 TAINTER GATE REHABILITATION & INSTALLATION C-41 CONCRETE STAIR NOSING REPLACEMENT C-42 WALL MOUNTED HAND RAILING INSTALLATION C-43 CONCRETE STAIR CRACK REPAIR C-44 CONCRETE STAIR TREAD AND RISER REPAIR C-45 DEMOLITION


107

C-46 EMBANKMENT REPAIR C-47 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS C-48 INSTALLATION OF FIBERGLASS PANELS C-49 REINFORCEMENT C-50 CONCRETE PLACING DAILY INSPECTION REPORT


108

ELECTRICAL CHECKLISTS E-1 CABLE INSTALLATION E-2 RACEWAY INSTALLATION E-3 CABLE PULLING E-4 CABLE TERMINATION E-5 DUCT BANK INSTALLATION E-6 TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION E-7 WELDING OF ALUMINUM TUBULAR BUS E-8 EMBEDDED CONDUIT INSTALLATION E-8A CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION E-9 SWITCH GEAR / MOTOR CONTROL CENTER E-10 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM E-11 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION E-12 LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION E-13 LIGHT STANDARDS INSTALLATION E-14 GROUNDING SYSTEM INSTALLATION E-15 EMBEDDED GROUNDING SYSTEM REPAIR E-16 SURFACE MOUNTED GROUNDING SYSTEM INSTALLATION E-17 EMBEDDED CONDUIT STUB OUT INSTALLATION E-18 SURFACE MOUNTED PVC CONDUIT INSTALLATION E-19 SURFACE MOUNTED NEMA 4 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION E-20 CABLE PULL RECORD E-21 MEGGER DATA REPORT


109

MECHANICAL CHECKLISTS M-1 INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT M-2 INSTALLATION OF HOIST AND MONORAIL M-3 INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND COMPONENTS M-4 BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT AND ALIGNMENT M-5 BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT ALIGNMENT DATA SHEET M-6 INSTALLATION OF WELDED / SOLDERED PIPING AND COMPONENTS M-7 TANKS / PIPING / INSTRUMENTATION TEST RECORDS M-8 PIPING SPOOL INSTALLATION RECORD M-9 INSTALLATION OF VALVES M-10 PIPE SUPPORT INSTALLATION M-11 GROUTED ANCHOR INSTALLATION M-11A EXPANSION ANCHOR INSTALLATION M-12 HVAC INSTALLATION M-13 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS

26

ATTACHMENT B – SITE LIST

Region Site Site Owner Location Address

Switchyard

RMNPP

LPGP

SAMAC Switchyard

RMPD

Willis

Plattsburgh

Adirondack

Saranac

Patnode

Duley

Ryan

Massena

Big Hill

Cooper Hill

Massena

Massena

Moses

Plattsburgh

Willis

Ryan

Willis

Wilson Conrners

Marcy – 765kV

Marcy – 345kV

Bloonville

Belfort

BG Switchyard

BG Plant

NYPA 500 MW Plant

Con‐Ed / NYPA Astoria Annex

Hell Gate (BX) 910 E 134th Street / Locust Avenue, Bronx, NY 10454

Harlem River (BX) 132nd Street & St Ann's, Bronx, NY 10454

Gowanus (BK) 730 3rd Avenue/23rd Street, Brooklyn, NY 11232

Kent (BK) 47‐79 River Street / North 1st, Brooklyn, NY 11211

Pouch Terminal (SI) 143 Edgewater, Staten Island, NY 10305

Brentwood (LI) G Road, Brentwood, Brentwood, NY

Sprain Brook Con‐Ed / NYPA Sprain Brook Tuckahoe Road, Yonkers, NY

LIPA/NYPA East Garden City 600 Stewart Avenue Garden City, NY 11050

NYPA South Transition Station 136 West Shore Road, Port Washington, NY 11530

Flynn (FLN) NYPA Flynn Plant 607 Union Avenue Holtsville, NY 11742

500 MW

SENYTRAN

Robert Moses Power Dam Massena, NY 13662NYPA

NYPASub‐Stations

NYPAMicrowave

Towers

Table 2.3 ‐ NYPA Locations, Ownership of Site, and Addresses

Western New

YorkNiagara (NIA) NYPA

St. Lawrence

(STL)

NYPA

Small Clean

Power Plants

(SCPP)South East

New York

5777 Lewiston Road Lewiston, N Y 14092

Northern

New York

397 Power Plant Access Road Gilboa, NY 12076

31st Street & 20th Avenue Astoria, NY 11105

Clark Energy

Center (CEC)Central New

York

6520 Glass Factory Road Marcy, NY 13403NYPA

NYPABlenheim‐Gilboa

(BG)

27

ATTACHMENT C – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT SENSORS

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 SCOPE .................................................................................................................. 3

2.0 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................ 3

3.0 STANDARDS AND CODES .................................................................................. 3

4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 4

5.0 BIDDER TECHNICAL DATA ................................................................................. 5

6.0 SENSORS ............................................................................................................. 6

7.0 ACCESSORIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS ............................................................. 20

8.0 PAINTING AND COATING .................................................................................. 20

9.0 SPARE PARTS ................................................................................................... 20

10.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE ...................................................................................... 21

11.0 SHIPPING ........................................................................................................... 21

12.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT ...................................................................................... 21

13.0 STORAGE ........................................................................................................... 22

14.0 TRAINING ........................................................................................................... 22

15.0 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................ 22

16.0 ENVIRONMENTAL.............................................................................................. 22

ATTACHMENT 1: EQUIPMENT LIST .......................................................................... 23

3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This procurement specification establishes the technical requirements for the design, fabrication, shipment, delivery, installation, testing, commissioning and training of Sensors/Monitoring Systems. The location of the various facilities are provided in Attachment B and the quantity of sensors is provided in Attachment 1. Note Sensors indicated as “future” in Attachment 1 are not in the scope of this work.

1.2 It is not the Authority's intent to specify all technical requirements or to set forth those requirements adequately covered by applicable codes, regulations and standards.

1.3 Any exceptions to this Specification, or its referenced codes, regulations and

standards shall be listed on a separate sheet to be submitted with the bid response documentation and are subject to agreement between the Authority and the Contractor in writing prior to Contract Award.

2.0 DEFINITIONS

2.1 Whenever reference is made to “Authority” or “Purchaser”, it shall mean “New

York Power Authority”.

2.2 Whenever reference is made to “Bidder”, “Contractor, or “Vendor”, it shall mean the successful bidder providing the equipment and services described throughout the specification.

2.3 Whenever reference is made to “Supplier” or “Manufacturer”, it shall mean the

sensor manufacturer selected by the Contractor to provide equipment and services.

3.0 STANDARDS AND CODES

3.1 All equipment to be furnished shall be manufactured and tested in

accordance with the applicable requirements of all federal, state and local laws, codes, regulations, statutes and ordinances, and latest revisions of publications as listed below; in effect on the date of the contract award. All equipment shall be UL/CSA Listed as a minimum and shall have a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure unless otherwise noted. IEC rated equipment is not acceptable unless otherwise noted or pre-approved by NYPA.

American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

4

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) American Welding Society (AWS) Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) Federal Communications Commission (FCC) International Engineering Consortium (IEC) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) International Society for Measurement and Control (ISA) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Northeast Power Coordinating Council (NPCC) Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Underwriter's Laboratory (UL)

4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1 This specification covers the design, fabrication, shipment, delivery, installation, testing, commissioning and training of sensors and associated equipment as herein specified across the various New York Power Authority’s locations.

4.2 It is the intent for the sensors as specified herein to be fully automated to facilitate monitoring of equipment by the Integrated Smart Operation Center (iSOC), located in the NYPA White Plains office. All communications protocols utilized for the monitoring of the electrical equipment specified herein shall be compatible with the OSI PI System. All equipment will be considered being successfully commissioned when sensor data is available at the iSOC.

4.3 The Contractor shall field verify all equipment to confirm the accuracy of

available NYPA and OEM drawings, prior to commencing his/her work.

4.4 The following list includes, but is not limited to, the minimum required drawings and documents that shall be submitted:

4.4.1 Manufacturer’s Technical Data Sheets 4.4.2 Delivery Schedule 4.4.3 Instrument & Sensor Installation Details. 4.4.4 Wiring Diagram with Cable Schedule 4.4.5 Schematics and P&ID’s 4.4.6 Plan & Profile Drawing of all affected equipment 4.4.7 Bill of material 4.4.8 Spare Parts List

5

4.4.9 Special Tools list 4.4.10 Software Documentation 4.4.11 Site Acceptance Test 4.4.12 Installation & Startup Instructions 4.4.13 Operations & Maintenance Manual

4.4.13.1 Sensor Calibration Criteria and Frequency 4.4.14 Warranty Information 4.4.15 Training Material

4.5 All equipment and documents furnished under this contract shall be

coordinated and field-tested (functional) with the Authority during commissioning of each sensor at the site and after mapping sensor data to the iSOC.

4.6 The Contractor shall retain a manufacturer’s qualified personnel to provide

technical assistance in the field during equipment start up including trouble shooting and programming changes.

4.7 The Contractor shall also be responsible for retaining manufacturer’s qualified

personnel to provide onsite technical assistance for a period of five years after commissioning. This includes assistance analyzing sensor problems, troubleshooting, coordinating repairs and providing recommendation on alarms and warnings. For these purposes, date of commissioning is defined as the date when the manufacturer’s authorized service engineer certifies that the sensors are in proper working order, completes Site Acceptance Test (SAT) checklist and data is available at the iSOC.

4.8 Refer to Section 2.4.8 of Scope of Services for additional commissioning and

testing requirements. 5.0 BIDDER TECHNICAL DATA

5.1 The Bidder shall supply all the technical information for the individual sensors

or sensor packages.

5.2 Incomplete Bidder Technical Data Sheets may be cause for rejection of Bidder's proposal.

5.3 The Bidder’s proposal shall include the front and plan views of each sensor assembly giving overall dimensions and dimensions of each unit.

5.4 The Bidder shall provide information regarding the software packages

associated with each sensor/sensor package.

5.5 The Bidder shall indicate list of Manufacture’s recommended spare parts and special tools and indicate which ones are included in the Bid.

6

5.6 Indicate outage period required for installation of each sensor.

5.7 Provide three (3) references from customers that have recently deployed

sensors of the same type. Include project location, completion date, units installed, contact names, email addresses and telephone numbers.

5.8 The Bidder's proposal shall include confirmation that the preferred equipment

arrangements for the sensor/sensor packages can be as indicated by the Authority herein or submit with proposal the alternate recommended arrangement(s) that meet the intent and comply with applicable codes.

6.0 SENSORS

6.1 General

6.1.1 Provide sensors and accessories for each asset type as described in this

section. The Contractor shall be responsible for the engineering and design of sensors/sensor systems to ensure a complete functioning system, including transmission of data back to the iSOC.

6.1.2 Sensors shall be compatible with all makes/models/manufacturers of the various asset types. Contractor shall work with OEMs to furnish appropriate sensors for each equipment type.

6.1.3 Sensors shall operate at voltages currently available at each asset.

Common nominal voltages which may be available are 120VAC (60Hz), 208VAC (60Hz), 277VAC (60Hz), 480VAC (60Hz) or 125VDC.

6.1.4 Non-field devices (microprocessors, electronics, and alarm indicators/HMI)

shall be provided in or mounted in an NEMA 4/4X enclosure. Enclosures shall be equipped with anti-condensation heater and thermostats.

6.1.5 The sensors and data concentrators shall be capable, with configuration,

of communicating with existing data historian and SCADA systems via standard communication protocols. All devices shall meet NYPA NERC CIP V5/V6 requirements.

6.1.6 Provide software for each sensor type. Software shall be capable of data

storage, trending, alarming, analysis and diagnostic capabilities, with an optional fleet wide health monitoring version. Include optional price for enterprise license for each sensor type in base bid.

6.1.7 Allow authorized user(s) to be able to configure alarms locally and

remotely via web browser and/or sensor specific software.

7

6.1.8 Supplier shall provide recommendations and configure initial set points for alarms based on OEM recommendations.

6.1.9 Provide local HMI/LED display if sensor provides it as an option. Front

Panel shall be visible without opening enclosure. 6.1.10 The designs for the sensors must include provisions to isolate the sensor

for calibration in place and replacement (valves, fittings, etc…) without requiring equipment outages in the future (where feasible).

6.1.11 The Contractor shall select sensor manufacturer’s that have a field proven

technology running for more than 2 years with a significant active (>1,000) field based population.

6.1.12 The Contractor is responsible for ensuring the accuracy of all sensors.

The Contractor shall check every data point for the validity and consistency of the data locally at the sensor and also at the iSOC. Contractor shall submit check point documentation as part of the SAT submittal. If any corrections, repairs or replacements need to be made it is the Contractors responsibility.

6.2 TRANSFORMERS & REACTORS

6.2.1 Dissolved Gas Analyzer

6.2.1.1 Provide an analyzer providing full 9-gas DGA and moisture

monitoring for transformers. 6.2.1.2 Sensor shall be capable of taking samples every hour by utilizing

photo-acoustic spectroscopy (PAS) measurement technology.

6.2.1.3 Provide caution and alarm modes which can be used to automatically increase sampling frequency.

6.2.1.4 Include as standard, or facilitate as options, analog outputs for all

gases. 6.2.1.5 Minimum Technical Specifications are as follows:

Parameter LDL ppm UDL ppm Accuracy Repeatability

Hydrogen (H2) 5 5,000 ± 5% or ± LDL <3% Methane (CH4) 2 50,000 ± 3% or ± LDL <2% Ethane (C2H6) 1 50,000 ± 3% or ± LDL <2% Ethylene (C2H4) 1 50,000 ± 3% or ± LDL <2% Acetylene (C2H2) 0.5 50,000 ± 3% or ± LDL <2% Carbon Monoxide (CO) 1 50,000 ± 3% or ± LDL <2%

8

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) 20 50,000 ± 3% or ± LDL <3% Oxygen (O2) 100 50,000 ± 10% or ± LDL <2% Nitrogen (N2) 10,000 100,000 ± 15% or ± LDL - Moisture (H2O) 0 100% ± 3% or ± LDL <3%

6.2.1.6 Similar to GE Kelman DGA 900 or NYPA approved equal.

6.2.2 Temperature Monitors

6.2.2.1 Contractor shall confirm existing Transformers can be retrofitted with new Temperature Monitors. Where practical replace existing temperature gauges with new temperature monitor for liquid immersed power transformers

6.2.2.2 Provide accurate and stable platinum temperature sensors (100

ohm RTD) capable of measuring main tank oil temperature, ambient temperature and load tap changer tank oil temperature, if applicable.

6.2.2.3 Provide connection for up to three CT’s to measure transformer

load current for each phase.

6.2.2.4 The system shall be capable of calculating winding temperature based on IEEE C57.91.

6.2.2.5 Provide six (form C) relay output contacts, (2) for controlling multi-

stage cooling equipment, (1) for alarm, (1) for trip, (1) for sensor/system status and (1) spare.

6.2.2.6 Provide two analog inputs for cooling fan read back.

6.2.2.7 Provide current transformers for cooling fan read back.

6.2.2.8 Provide software that is capable of reporting the life and rate values

for each winding and can estimate remaining life of transformer.

6.2.2.9 Similar to Weschler Advantage CT/LTC or NYPA approved equal.

6.2.3 Bushing Monitor

6.2.3.1 Provide bushing monitor for liquid immersed power and distribution transformers (that have capacitance taps that are normally grounded).

6.2.3.2 Provide monitor to measure power factor and capacitance for a set

of three bushings and also able to measure partial discharge

9

occurring in the winding and/or bushing.

6.2.3.3 Provide over-voltage and open circuit protection within bushing monitor to provide proper protection of the bushing tap and sensor circuitry.

6.2.3.4 Provide surge protection to shunt any switching surges/lightning

strikes up to 10kA and 100 BIL surges.

6.2.3.5 Provide a minimum of two 100 ohm RTD inputs to measure ambient and top oil temperature.

6.2.3.6 Monitor shall have humidity sensor input to measure ambient

relative humidity.

6.2.3.7 Provide software that is capable of trending and data correlation to diagnose the severity, rate of change on the bushing.

6.2.3.8 Similar to Dynamic ratings DTM-V-BENN-E-D or NYPA approved

equal.

6.2.4 Infrared Cameras

6.2.4.1 Multi-Sensor Thermal Imaging Camera for liquid immersed power and distribution transformers.

6.2.4.2 Provide thermal camera with built-in analysis functions to identify spot/area measurements and temperature differences.

6.2.4.3 Camera shall have pan/tilt capabilities to cover large areas.

6.2.4.4 Cameras shall be capable of operating in low light areas.

6.2.4.5 Provide a minimum image resolution of 320 x 240 pixels.

6.2.4.6 Cameras shall be capable of TCP/IP communications for both

image and control functions.

6.2.4.7 Similar to FLIR A310pt or NYPA approved equal.

6.3 BATTERY BANKS

6.3.1 Battery Bank Monitoring Package

6.3.1.1 Monitoring system shall be capable of monitoring the following Parameters:

10

1. System Voltage (±0.5% / 0.1 V)

2. Cell Voltage (±0.5% / 0.1 V)

3. Load Current (±2% / 0.1 A)

4. Intercell Resistance (±2% / 0.001 mΩ)

5. Internal Resistance (±2% / 0.001 mΩ)

6. Cell Temperature (±2% / 0.01°) 7. Ambient Temperature (±2% / 0.01°)

8. Electrolyte Level (±0.08” above or below line)

9. Ground Fault

6.3.1.2 Provide at a minimum of ten user configurable alarm relay output

contacts.

6.3.1.3 Similar to Eagle Eye BQMS, ELM and GFM-100 Monitors or NYPA approved equal.

6.4 CIRCUIT BREAKERS

6.4.1 Circuit Breaker Monitoring Package:

6.4.1.1 Monitoring system shall be capable of monitoring the following

Parameters:

1. SF6 Pressure (only for SF6 Breakers)

2. SF6 Moisture (only for SF6 Breakers)

3. SF6 Density (only for SF6 Breakers)

4. Contact Timing and Travel

5. Contact/Interrupter Wear

6. Cabinet Temperature

7. Coil Current

11

8. Coil Continuity

9. Motor Current

10. Control Voltage

6.4.1.2 Provide galvanic isolation between Trip Coil monitoring circuitry.

6.4.1.3 Similar to Franklin Electric Grid Solutions LLC, Optimizer3 or NYPA approved equal.

6.5 CABLE SYSTEMS

6.5.1 Provide a real time leak detection system for High Pressure Fluid Filled

(HPFF) transmission lines capable of detecting a leak rate of one gallon/hour.

6.5.2 Provide liquid flow metering that can accurately measure thermally

induced flow demand. 6.5.3 System shall have remote data access capability. 6.5.4 Provide all associated instrumentation along the cable and termination

points. 6.5.5 Software shall contain data pre-processing and filtering to detect and

correct system instabilities to minimize false alarms. 6.5.6 Provide server and battery backup for server. Battery shall be sized to the

maximum field RTU battery backup timeframe that will be required to shutdown server.

6.6 HYDRO TURBINES AND GENERATORS

6.6.1 Provide oil pressure monitoring for spherical valve servomotor for BG

turbines. 1. Provide one pressure transducer at opening side and one at closing

side.

2. 20 samples per second during transient state such as unit start up/ shut down; One sample every 10 min for steady state.

3. Pressure range: 2000 psig.

4. Operating Temperature -40~300 °F.

12

6.6.2 Provide differential water pressure monitoring for spherical valve for BG

turbines. 1. 20 samples per second during transient state such as unit start up/

shut down; One sample every 10 min for steady state. 2. Pressure range: 1000 psig.


6.6.3 Provide oil pressure monitoring for wicket gate servomotor for BG, STL, NIA-RMNPP and NIA-LPGP turbines. 1. Provide one pressure transducer at opening side and one at closing

side.




6.6.4 Provide servo oil pressure monitoring for runner band drain valve for BG turbines. 1. Provide one pressure transducer at opening side and one at closing

side.




6.6.5 Provide water pressure monitoring for runner band drain valve for BG turbines. 1. Provide one pressure transducer for inlet and one for outlet.

2. 20 samples per second during transient state such as unit start up/

shut down; One sample every 10 min for steady state.


13


6.6.6 Provide additional sensors to monitor bearing oil temperature for BG turbines. 1. Provide additional RTD to be installed in thrust bearing oil cooler.

2. Operating Temperature -328 to 392 °F.

6.6.7 Provide vibration monitoring for shaft bearings for NIA-RMNPP turbines.

1. Provide proximity transducers to monitor generator shaft vibration.

2. Linear range 80 mils.

3. Frequency range 0 to 10kHz.

4. Operating Temperature -60~350 ºF.

5. Power supply 24 VDC.

6.6.8 Provide wicket gate stem leakage flow rate monitoring for BG turbines.

1. Provide commercial orifice flowmeter or equivalent flowmeter to

measure wicket gate stem leakage flow rate.

2. The transducer need be installed in spherical valve bypass line or other suitable location.

3. Flow range 5,000 to 13,000 gpm per the site test.


6.6.9 Provide head cover priming pressure monitoring for BG turbines. 1. Provide one pressure transducer to monitor head cover pressure.

2. 20 samples per second during transient state such as unit start up/

shut down; One sample every 10 min for steady state.



6.6.10 Provide vibration monitoring for rotor journals/bearings for NIA-RMNPP

14

generators. 1. Provide proximity transducers to monitor generator shaft vibration.



4. Operating Temperature -60~350 ºF.

5. Power supply 24 VDC.

6.6.11 Provide air gap monitoring for NIA-RMNPP generators.

1. Provide air gap transducers to monitor distance between generator

rotor and stator.

2. 8 transducers for each generator.



5. Operating Temperature 32~257 ºF.

6. Power supply 24 VDC. 6.6.12 Provide suitable sensor module(s) for the existing Bentley Nevada 3500

rack at each turbine to acquire signal from the new sensor(s). Alternative data acquisition solution, including data acquisition, data processing and data storage, shall be reviewed and approved by NYPA.

6.7 STEAM TURBINES AND GENERATORS

6.7.1 Provide oil pressure monitoring for Lube and Hydraulic Oil Discharges per pump, AC & DC, upstream of any check valves as applicable for 500MW units. (5 Pressures Total – 2 AC Lube, 1 DC Lube, 2 AC Hydraulic)

1. Reference GE Drawing 124E3372 for system Lube / Hydraulic P&ID.

Hebeler (skid manufacturer) project - # V1792A.

2. Lubrication Oil Discharge Pressure to Bearing

a. Normal / Max Temp: 120 F / 180 F

15

b. Normal / Max Pressure: 50 psig / 55 psig

c. Fluid: Conoco Philips Diamond Class Turbine Oil 32

3. Hydraulic Oil Discharge to System a. Normal / Max Temp: 105 F / 150 F


c. Fluid: Fryquel Plus (ester based fluid)

4. Rosemount 3051 Series or equivalent Yokagawa transmitters

a. Shall utilize the HART ("Highway Addressable Remote

Transducer") communication protocol.

5. Data samples shall be continuously recorded by the plant Historian. Configuration of any other sample frequency shall be handled by plant personnel.

6. Signals be tied into the plants’ Steam Turbine or Balance of Plant

(BOP) Mark VI (MKVI) Control System. a. The TBD Control Cabinet shall be audited to determine if spare I/O

termination points are available.

b. New GE OEM I/O cards to be utilized if required.

c. Only General Electric MKVI Controls Engineers shall alter the control .m6b files.

6.7.2 Provide Current (CT) measurement of each phase of the turning gear

motor for 500MW units. (GE MCC Drawing 337B7030) (3 Currents Total – 3 Phases) 1. Motor HP = 20 HP

2. Motor Voltage = 480 VAC

3. Motor Speed = 1800 RPM

4. Motor FLM = 23.1 A

5. Motor SF = 1.15

16

6. Fuse Trip = 40 A

6.8 COMBUSTION TURBINES AND GENERATORS

6.8.1 Provide oil pressure monitoring for Lube, Seal and Hydraulic Oil Discharges per pump, AC & DC, upstream of any check valves for 500MW units as applicable. 1. Reference GE Drawing 123E3114 (Hydraulic) and 123E3104 (Lube /

Seal Oil) for system Lube / Seal / Hydraulic P&IDs. Mitten Manufacturing (skid manufacturer) project - # J2911A (6 Pressures per Each Turbine (12 Total) – 2 AC Lube, 1 DC Lube, 2 AC Hydraulic, 1 AC/DC Seal Oil )

2. Hydraulic Oil Discharge to System



i. Lift oil values utilized. Max Design on Mitten Drawings is listed as 4500 psig. This maximum limit shall be utilized during device selection.


3. Lubrication Oil Discharge Pressure to Bearing




4. Seal Oil Discharge Pressure to Generator




5. Rosemount 3051 Series or equivalent Yokagawa transmitters

a. Shall utilize the HART ("Highway Addressable Remote

Transducer") communication protocol.

17

6. Data samples shall be continuously recorded by the plant Historian.

Configuration of any other sample frequency shall be handled by plant personnel.

7. Signals be tied into the plants’ Combustion Turbine Mark VI (MKVI) Control System.

a. The Control Cabinet shall be audited to determine if spare I/O




6.8.2 Provide inlet air filter house differential air pressure monitoring between

the outside / pre-filtration (dirty) air and internal / post filtration (clean) air for 500MW units. (1 Diff Pressure per Turbine (2 Total) – Air Diff) 1. Reference GE Drawing 356B6660 / Donaldson 2SG-AD24947-01 for

air filter system specification and general arrangement. GE Drawing 362B8609 / Donaldson 2SG-AD24947-01 for air filter system control cabinet (existing pressure switches).

2. Outside Air through filter

a. Min / Max Temp: -20 F / 120 F

b. Differential Pressure:

i. Clean Filters: 0.60 inWG (~0.021 psig)

ii. Alarm Warning: 6.00 inWG (~0.216 psig)

iii. Alarm Shutdown: 8.00 inWG (~0.288 psig)

3. Data samples shall be continuously recorded by the plant Historian. Configuration of any other sample frequency shall be handled by plant personnel.

4. Signals be tied into the plants’ Combustion Turbine Mark VI (MKVI) Control System or Possibly the Balance of Plant Control System (BOP).

a. The Control Cabinet shall be audited to determine if spare I/O

18




6.8.3 Provide Combustion Turbine Blade Health Monitoring System for 500MW

units. (Potential 6 sensors per Turbine (12 Total)– 3 stages monitored, two probes each, Special Software Package Required to Analysis Data)

1. During the Combustion Turbine 2018 outage season, the OEM,

General Electric is machining ports within the upper half of the Compressor Casing directly in line with a few of the early compressor rotating blade stages for the future installation of their Blade Health Monitoring System. a. Contractor shall work with General Electric to design and install the

OEM product.

6.8.4 Provide Generator Monitoring for 500MW units.

1. Partial Discharge (IRIS - BusTrac) and Rotor Flux (GENERATORTECH) are currently being monitored. While the IRIS system collects it data to a local IRIS server and ports some of its data to the plants’ control system a diagnostic software suite is desired to enhance potential anomalies. The Generatortech system also collects data to a local system specific sever however this data is only available on that system. The data and software suite shall be made available to the iSOC.

6.8.5 Provide Current (CT) measurement of each phase of the turning gear

motor for 500MW units. (GE MCC Drawing 338B1360) (3 Currents per Turbine (6 Total) – 3 Phases) 1. Motor HP = 5 HP

2. Motor Voltage = 480 VAC

3. Motor Speed = 1800 RPM

4. Motor FLM = 6.3 A

5. Motor SF = 1.15

6. Fuse Trip = 15 A

19

6.8.6 Provide Reliability Max for SCPP units.

1. General Electric has a packaged LM6000 product suite to monitor

various turbine elements such as blade health (tip timing), combustion dynamics, roller bearing vibration and gas path debris. Contractor shall work with General Electric to identify the components of the package which are offered which directly impact our particular LM6000PC units. Once an evaluation is completed a summary report shall be generated and presented to the Authority for review and approval of individual packaged components or the entire suite, prior to the integration of this suite within this phase of the project.

2. The first units installation shall be designated a “pilot” to determine if long term value is seen with the suite. Site to be determined.

6.8.7 Provide Engine Pre-Catalyst Emissions Monitoring for SCPP units.

1. To determine the efficiency of the catalyst system and tracking of lifespan, accurate, CEMS quality, measurement of pre and post catalyst NOx, CO and O2 is required. The post measurement system is in place as part of normal regulatory requirements however a pre measurement system is required for the tracking mentioned above. The Contractor to evaluate CEMTEK or Authority approved equal manufactures to measure the following air constituents utilizing the listed measurement technology. Alternatives manufactures and measurement technologies could be proposed however they shall closely match currently utilized Authority emissions monitoring equipment to reduce the inventory of spare equipment required to keep on hand. Once the system components has been chosen by the Contractor a summary report shall be generated and presented to the Authority for review and approval, prior to the project integration. a. NOx – Chemiluminescent

b. CO – NDIR

c. O2 – Paramagnetic

2. The design of the sample probes as well as any other mechanical, electrical (power / signal / communication / networking) and civil interconnections between the turbine exhaust ducting, the new monitoring system and the site shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

6.9 COMMUNICATION

20

6.9.1 All sensors shall have hardware communication options available for RS-

485, 10/100/1000 Ethernet and/or Fiber Optic.

6.9.2 All sensors shall support the following communications protocols either natively or via additional hardware options: MODBUS TCP/IP (preferred), MODBUS RTU and/or DNP3.0.

6.9.3 Support “HTTP” or “HTTPS” protocol for local or remote browser based

HMI or software of sensor.

6.9.4 All sensors shall be compliant with NYPA NERC/CIP V5/V6 policies and procedures, Physical Access Controls (lockable enclosures), Electronic Access controls (Passwords, HTTPS, and security policy’s).

7.0 ACCESSORIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS

7.1 All necessary accessories and special tools required for initial erection, inspection, testing and future maintenance for all of the above-specified equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor.

8.0 PAINTING AND COATING

8.1 Equipment shall be cleaned, primed and finish-painted in accordance with

manufacturer’s standard specification. Touch up paint shall be furnished with each equipment delivery over the span of the contract.

8.2 All metal sheets and framework shall be thoroughly cleaned after fabrication,

treated with a phosphate coating, and unless otherwise noted, given a prime coat of rust-inhibiting paint. A finish coat of gray lacquer or enamel, or NYPA approved equal, shall be applied overall.

8.3 Equipment openings, terminals and connections shall be protected against

entrance of dirt, dust, moisture or other deleterious elements. All surfaces shall be protected from corrosion and oxidation in accordance with manufacturer’s standard methods.

8.4 NYPA reserves the rights to approve each and every component’s color. The

contractor must submit an RFI to obtain NYPA’s approval at the start of the fabrication.

9.0 SPARE PARTS

9.1 The Contractor shall provide a detailed list of recommended spare parts with prices.

21

9.2 Include itemized cost of each component, Manufacturer’s name, address and

model #.

10.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

10.1 See Appendix N. 11.0 SHIPPING

11.1 Where the equipment must be separated for shipment, all materials and

equipment to facilitate re-assembly and reconnection shall be furnished.

11.2 All equipment shall be shipped to the Authority with impact /shock stickers – Shock Watch devices. Provisions shall be made by the Contractor to retrieve information from these devices after the equipment are received on-site.

11.3 The supplier shall coordinate shipment dates for each sensor for each site

with Contractor. 12.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT

12.1 The Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified factory-trained

manufacturer’s representatives to be present at the site during the installation and startup of the sensors specified under this section.

12.2 The manufacturer’s representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the sensors, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein.

12.3 The following minimum work shall be performed by the Manufacturer: 12.3.1 Provide detail drawings and instructions for installation.

12.3.2 Verify operation of each sensor.

12.3.3 Calibrate any sensors for their intended purpose and make written

notations of adjustments.

12.3.4 The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the field startup report.

12.3.5 Provide maintenance recommendations.

22

13.0 STORAGE

13.1 The Contractor shall provide long term storage requirements of the Sensors necessary to maintain the warranty.

14.0 TRAINING

14.1 Contractor shall provide training to Authority personnel on operation, adjustment and maintenance of sensors and associated devices.

14.2 All training must be instructor led and must be in person. Instructor shall be Manufacturer’s authorized personnel.

14.3 Provide a minimum of two hours of training per sensor type at each project

site.

14.4 Contractor shall provide all training material, books, manual etc. for all attendees. Assume 12 attendees per session.

14.5 All cost for training including but not limited to equipment, lodging, traveling,

training material shall be included in the base price including change order work.

14.6 Provide optional price for additional training sessions.

15.0 WARRANTY

15.1 Refer to Section 2.6 of Scope of Services for warranty requirements.

16.0 ENVIRONMENTAL

16.1 All devices shall be rated for the following atmospheric conditions: -40⁰C to

85⁰C and RH 95-100%

23

ATTACHMENT 1: EQUIPMENT LIST

BATTERY BANKS

LOCATION DESCRIPTION BATTERY MONITOR

500MW 125V STATION BATTERY # 1 PHASE I

500MW 125V STATION BATTERY # 2 PHASE I

500MW 7A 125V DC BATTERY PHASE I

500MW 7B 125V DC BATTERY PHASE I

ADIRONDACK ADIRONDACK BATTERY BANK 1 PHASE II

ADIRONDACK ADIRONDACK BATTERY BANK 2 PHASE II

ASTORIA ANNEX ASTORIA ANNEX BATTERY 125V CONTROL #1 PHASE II

ASTORIA ANNEX ASTORIA ANNEX BATTERY 125V CONTROL #2 PHASE II

BELFORT BATTERY BANK #11 SERVICING BELFORT MICROWAVE PHASE II

BIG HILL BIG HILL MICROWAVE BATTERY BANK PHASE II

BLENHEIM-GILBOA BATTERY BANK #1 PHASE II



BOONVILLE BATTERY BANK #10 SERVICING TALCOTTSVILLE MICROWAVE PHASE II

COOPER HILL COOPER HILL BATTERY BANK - MICROWAVE PHASE II

DULEY DULEY BATTERY BANK 1 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

DULEY DULEY BATTERY BANK 2 (SECONDARY) PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY EGC BATTERY BANK #1 PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY EGC BATTERY BANK #2 PHASE II

FLYNN 125 VDC SITE SERVICE BATTERY [LD] PHASE II

GOWANUS GOWANUS 125VDC BATTERY BANK PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

Friday, February 2, 2018 Page 1 of 4


HARLEM RIVER HARLEM RIVER 125VDC BATTERY BANK PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

HELLGATE HELL GATE 125VDC BATTERY BANK PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

HELLGATE HELL GATE ANNEX 125VDC BATTERY BANK PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

KENT KENT 125VDC BATTERY BANK PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

MARCY BATTERY BANK #1 765 SWYD PRIMARY PHASE II

MARCY BATTERY BANK #12 345 KV SWYD - SECONDARY PHASE II

MARCY BATTERY BANK #13 345 KV SWYD - PRIMARY PHASE II

MARCY BATTERY BANK #2 765 SWYD SECONDARY PHASE II

MARCY BATTERY BANK #9 - MARCY MICROWAVE PHASE II

MARCY BATTERY BANK #CSC-1 PHASE II

MARCY CSC GATING BATTERIES - INVERTER #1 PHASE II

MARCY CSC GATING BATTERIES - INVERTER #2 PHASE II

MASSENA MASSENA BATTERY BANK 1 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

MASSENA MASSENA BATTERY BANK 2 (SECONDARY) PHASE II

MASSENA MASSENA BATTERY BANK 4 - 6 GHZ MICROWAVE PHASE II

MASSENA MASSENA BATTERY BANK 5 - 7 GHZ MICROWAVE PHASE II

NIAGARA (LPGP) 125 VDC BATTERY #2 PHASE II

NIAGARA (LPGP) 125VDC BATTERY #1 PHASE II

NIAGARA (RIVER INTAKE) 125 VDC BATTERY #2 PHASE II

NIAGARA (RIVER INTAKE) 125VDC BATTERY #1 PHASE II

NIAGARA (RMNPP) 125 VDC BATTERY #2 PHASE II

NIAGARA (RMNPP) 125VDC BATTERY #1 PHASE II

NIAGARA (RMNPP) 125VDC BATTERY (COMPUTER) PHASE II



NIAGARA (SWYD) 125VDC BATTERY #1 (FAN BLDG) PHASE II

NIAGARA (SWYD) 125VDC BATTERY #1A (S&R) PHASE II

NIAGARA (SWYD) 125VDC BATTERY #1B (S&R) PHASE II

NIAGARA (SWYD) 125VDC BATTERY #2 (FAN BLDG) PHASE II





PATNODE PATNODE BATTERY BANK 1 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

PATNODE PATNODE BATTERY BANK 2 (SECONDARY) PHASE II

PLATTSBURGH PLATTSBURGH BATTERY BANK 1 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

PLATTSBURGH PLATTSBURGH BATTERY BANK 2 (SECONDARY) PHASE II

PLATTSBURGH PLATTSBURGH BATTERY BANK 21 (PRIMARY) (230 BLDG) PHASE II

PLATTSBURGH PLATTSBURGH BATTERY BANK 22 (SECONDARY) (230 BLDG) PHASE II

PLATTSBURGH PLATTSBURGH BATTERY BANK 24 - MICROWAVE PHASE II

POUCH TERMINAL GT POUCH 125VDC BATTERY BANK PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

RYAN RYAN BATTERY BANK - MICROWAVE PHASE II

RYAN RYAN BATTERY BANK 1 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

RYAN RYAN BATTERY BANK 2 (SECONDARY) PHASE II

SOUTH TRANSITION STS BATTERY BANK #1 PHASE II

SOUTH TRANSITION STS BATTERY BANK #2 PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) RMPD BATTERY BANK 1 - ELEV 194.5 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) RMPD BATTERY BANK 2 - ELEV 194.5 (PRIMARY) PHASE II



ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) RMPD BATTERY BANK 5A - UPS SCADA - ELEC. GALLERY PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) RMPD BATTERY BANK 5B - UPS SCADA - RMPD 210 PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) RMPD BATTERY BANK 7 - MICROWAVE - 2ND FLOOR PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) RMPD SWYD BATTERY BANK 10 (SECONDARY) - RELAY BLDG PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) RMPD SWYD BATTERY BANK 3 - SWYD SVCE BLDG PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) RMPD SWYD BATTERY BANK 9 (PRIMARY) - RELAY BLDG PHASE II

WILLIS WILLIS BATTERY BANK 1 (PRIMARY) PHASE II

WILLIS WILLIS BATTERY BANK 2 (SECONDARY) PHASE II

WILLIS WILLIS BATTERY BANK 4 - MICROWAVE PHASE II

WILSON CORNERS WILSON CORNERS BATTERY BANK - MICROWAVE PHASE II


BREAKERS

Location Description Description CB MONITOR

500MW 52G-7A PHASE II

500MW 52G-7B PHASE II

500MW 52G-7S PHASE II

ADIRONDACK 102 PHASE II






ASTORIA ANNEX 1 PHASE II




ASTORIA ANNEX R1 PHASE II

ASTORIA ANNEX R2 PHASE II

BLENHEIM-GILBOA 114 PHASE II




BLENHEIM-GILBOA 3102 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY











BRENTWOOD GT 6610 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

DULEY 2102 PHASE II

DULEY 2108 PHASE II

DULEY 2114 PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY 3410 PHASE II



FLYNN 1330 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

GOWANUS SGT-1 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

HELLGATE CB1 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

HELLGATE CB4 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

KENT G11 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

KENT G12 PHASE II - SENSOR ONLY

MARCY 3002 PHASE II

MARCY 3014 PHASE II

MARCY 3102 PHASE II



MARCY 3108 PHASE II

MARCY 3114 PHASE II

MARCY 3202 PHASE II

MARCY 3208 PHASE II

MARCY 3214 PHASE II

MARCY 3222 PHASE II

MARCY 3302 PHASE II

MARCY 3308 PHASE II

MARCY 3314 PHASE II

MARCY 3322 PHASE II

MARCY 3402 PHASE II

MARCY 3414 PHASE II

MARCY 765KV 7202 FUTURE

MARCY 765KV 7214 PHASE II

MARCY 765KV 7223 FUTURE

MARCY 765KV 7223X FUTURE




MASSENA 7102 FUTURE

MASSENA 7108 FUTURE

MASSENA 7114 FUTURE

MASSENA 7122 PHASE II



MASSENA 7122X PHASE II

MASSENA 7208 FUTURE

MASSENA 7214 FUTURE

MASSENA 7222 PHASE II

MASSENA 7222X PHASE II

MASSENA 7302 FUTURE

MASSENA 7308 FUTURE

NIAGARA (RMNPP) 318 PHASE II













NIAGARA (SWYD) 1002 FUTURE





NIAGARA (SWYD) 1102 PHASE II














































































PATNODE 2102 PHASE II



PLATTSBURGH 202 PHASE II



PLATTSBURGH 302 FUTURE











RYAN 2102 PHASE II

RYAN 2108 PHASE II

RYAN 2202 PHASE II



RYAN 2208 PHASE II

RYAN 2214 PHASE II

SARANAC 102 FUTURE

SARANAC 116 FUTURE

SARANAC 202 FUTURE

SARANAC 212 FUTURE

SOUTH TRANSITION 3400 PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) 1202 PHASE II



ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) 1302 FUTURE
















































WILLIS 1102 FUTURE

WILLIS 1108 FUTURE

WILLIS 1114 PHASE II

WILLIS 1202 FUTURE

WILLIS 1208 FUTURE



WILLIS 2114 FUTURE


WILLIS 2214 FUTURE




CABLE SYSTEMS

LOCATION DESCRIPTION LEAK DETECTION

SENYTRAN RFK-305 PHASE II

SENYTRAN Y-49 PHASE II - NETWORK ONLY

SENYTRAN Q35-L FUTURE

SENYTRAN Q35-M FUTURE


COMBUSTION AND STEAM GENERATORS AND TURBINES

LOCATION DESCRIPTION OIL PRESSURE TURNING GEAR

MOTOR

CURRENT

INLET AIR FILTER

DIFFERENTIAL

AIR PRESSURE

COMBUSTION

TURBINE BLADE

HEALTH

GENERATOR

MONITORING

RELIABILITY MAX PRE

CATALYST

EMISSIONS

500MW GT1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II NA NA

500MW GT2 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II NA NA

500MW ST1 PHASE II PHASE II NA NA NA NA NA

HARLEM RIVER GT-1 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

HARLEM RIVER GT-2 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

HELLGATE GT-1 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

HELLGATE GT-2 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

KENT GT NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

GOWANUS GT-5 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

GOWANUS GT-6 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

POUCH GT NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II

BRENTWOOD GT1 NA NA NA NA NA PHASE II PHASE II


HYDRO GENERATORS AND TURBINES

LOCATION DESCRIPTION SPHERICAL

VALVE

SERVOMOTOR

OIL PRESSURE

SPHERICAL

VALVE

DIFFERENTIAL

WATER

WICKET GATE

SERVOMOTOR

OIL PRESSURE

RUNNER BAND

DRAIN VALVE

OIL PRESSURE

RUNNER BAND

DRAIN VALVE

WATER

PRESSURE

BEARING OIL

PRESSURE

VIBRATION

MONITORING

FOR SHAFT

BEARINGS

WICKET GATE

STEM LEAKAGE

FLOW RATE

HEAD COVER

PRIMING

PRESSURE

VIBRATION

MONITORING

FOR ROTOR

JOURNALS AND

AIR GAP MONITORING

BLENHEIM-GILBOA UNIT 1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II NA PHASE II PHASE II NA NA




NIAGARA (LPGP) UNIT 1 NA NA PHASE II NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA












NIAGARA (RMNPP) UNIT 1 NA NA PHASE II NA NA NA PHASE II NA NA PHASE II PHASE II






VALVE

SERVOMOTOR

OIL PRESSURE

SPHERICAL

VALVE

DIFFERENTIAL

WATER

WICKET GATE

SERVOMOTOR

OIL PRESSURE

RUNNER BAND

DRAIN VALVE

OIL PRESSURE

RUNNER BAND

DRAIN VALVE

WATER

PRESSURE

BEARING OIL

PRESSURE

VIBRATION

MONITORING

FOR SHAFT

BEARINGS

WICKET GATE

STEM LEAKAGE

FLOW RATE

HEAD COVER

PRIMING

PRESSURE

VIBRATION

MONITORING

FOR ROTOR

JOURNALS AND

AIR GAP MONITORING










ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) UNIT 17 NA NA PHASE II NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA














VALVE

SERVOMOTOR

OIL PRESSURE

SPHERICAL

VALVE

DIFFERENTIAL

WATER

WICKET GATE

SERVOMOTOR

OIL PRESSURE

RUNNER BAND

DRAIN VALVE

OIL PRESSURE

RUNNER BAND

DRAIN VALVE

WATER

PRESSURE

BEARING OIL

PRESSURE

VIBRATION

MONITORING

FOR SHAFT

BEARINGS

WICKET GATE

STEM LEAKAGE

FLOW RATE

HEAD COVER

PRIMING

PRESSURE

VIBRATION

MONITORING

FOR ROTOR

JOURNALS AND

AIR GAP MONITORING






TRANSFORMERS AND REACTORS

LOCATION DESCRIPTION DGA TEMP WINDING BUSHING MONITOR IR CAMERA

500MW GSU 7A PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

500MW GSU 7B PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

500MW GSU 7S PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

500MW UAT 7A PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

500MW UAT 7B PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

ADIRONDACK AUTO TRANSF. 1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

ASTORIA ANNEX R1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

ASTORIA ANNEX R2 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

BLENHEIM-GILBOA GSU #1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II




BLENHEIM-GILBOA SST #1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

BLENHEIM-GILBOA SST #2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

BRENTWOOD GT BANK 1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY AUTO TRANSF. NO. 1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY AUTO TRANSF. NO. 2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY PAR NO. 1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY PAR NO. 2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

EAST GARDEN CITY SR-1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

FLYNN TRANSFORMER 1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II



FLYNN TRANSFORMER 2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

GOWANUS GSU5 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

GOWANUS GSU6 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

HARLEM RIVER GSU1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

HARLEM RIVER GSU2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

HELLGATE GSU1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

HELLGATE GSU2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

KENT GSU PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 1-2X PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 1-A PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 1-B PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 1-C PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 2-A PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 2-B PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY AUTO TRANSF. BANK 2-C PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY REACTOR BANK NO. 1-A PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY REACTOR BANK NO. 1-B PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY REACTOR BANK NO. 1-C PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY REACTOR BANK NO. 1X PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY SERIES TRANSF. 1 (SET-1) PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY SERIES TRANSF. 2 (SET-2) PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MARCY SHUNT TRANSF. (ST-1) PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 1-2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II



MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 1-A PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 1-B PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 1-C PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 2-A PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 2-B PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA AUTO TRANSF. T 2-C PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.1-A PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.1-B PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.1-C PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.1X PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.2-A PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.2-B PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.2-C PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

MASSENA REACTOR NO.2X PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

NIAGARA (LPGP) GSU #1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II




NIAGARA (LPGP) GSU SPARE PHASE II PHASE I PHASE II NA

NIAGARA (RMNPP) GSU #1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II















NIAGARA (RMNPP) GSU SPARE #1 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II NA

NIAGARA (RMNPP) GSU SPARE #2 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II NA

NIAGARA (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. 1 FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE

NIAGARA (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. 2 PHASE II PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II


NIAGARA (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. 4 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II


PLATTSBURGH AUTO TRANSF. NO. 1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II



POUCH GSU PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II

SARANAC TRANSFORMER 2 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

SOUTH TRANSITION SR-2 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

SPRAIN BROOK REACTOR 2N1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II



SPRAIN BROOK REACTOR 2N2 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

SPRAIN BROOK REACTOR R49 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (RMPD) TRANSF. BANK 5 PHASE I PHASE I PHASE II PHASE II




ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. BANK 1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. BANK 2 FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. BANK 3 FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE

ST. LAWRENCE (SWYD) AUTO TRANSF. BANK 4 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

WILLIS AUTO TRANSF. NO. 1 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II

WILLIS AUTO TRANSF. NO. 2 PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II PHASE II


28

ATTACHMENT D – OSI PI NAMING CONVENTION

1

Original Issue Date: April 26, 2017

Revision Date:

Revision No.: Draft

New York Power Authority

Enterprise PI Tag Naming Convention Proposal

Prepared by

Tom Sayers

Computer Systems Engineering

2

1. Summary This document proposes a PI tag naming convention to be used by NYPA in naming data points being brought in to PI servers at the various NYPA sites. The proposed tag naming convention is as follows: PI_tag_name => site.system:native_tagname

where... site => Well defined site designation string discussed below system => Well defined source system name native_tagname => tag name from source system (naming convention based on source system tag Naming convention)

site

Site may be NIA, STL, BG, FLN. Other sites are TBD.

The site refers to the facility at which the data source is located. For instance, Ashokan data resides in an Oracle database at BG. The site would be BG, because the data source resides at BG. Note that an Ashokan location reference is part of the native tag present in the existing tags within the Oracle database.

system

Is the system name of the source system for the data point

Suggested system names are: o SORA for SCADA Oracle o GEHISxxx for GE Historian numbered 1 through xxx o BNSxxx for Bently Nevada System 1 number 1 through xxx

native_tagname

Is the tag name that exists in the source as named by site staff using naming conventions associated with the source system.

Consideration must be given to SENY assets already named in PI servers to determine if the SENY points are grandfathered for use of the native_tagname portion of their current tags or if the site.system: prefix is to be added.

The rest of this document presents background discussion on the proposed naming convention.

3

2. Background

2.1 OSIsoft’s“CoEBestPractices:PITagNamingConventions” The following “Best Practices” section of this document is taken verbatim from OSIsoft’s “CoE Best Practices: PI Tag Naming Conventions”.

BestPractices

PI Tag Naming Conventions should be incorporated into existing Tag Naming Conventions. PI Tag Naming Conventions should be defined in detail and published to all users of PI. Change Control procedures for PI Tags should be added to existing Change Control processes

to help guarantee that PI Tags always represent the corresponding tags from each data source. Procedures should be developed as part of the PI Tag Naming Convention that fully defines

how to create new tags so that they follow the Convention.

2.2 PITagNamingRequirementsatNYPA Tag naming for data points in control and monitoring systems at the various NYPA sites have evolved separately over the years. The variety of naming conventions even varies at each site based on what system a data point is being archived. It would be counterproductive to attempt to replace or override the native tag naming conventions in place. There is a need to extend the native tag naming convention with a prefix that will ensure PI tag name uniqueness across all NYPA assets and systems. The design requirements for a tag naming convention at NYPA are:

The native tag naming convention for each system and site at NYPA will be retained.

PI tag naming is subject to the restrictions imposed by OSIsoft software as noted at https://livelibrary.osisoft.com/LiveLibrary/content/en/server‐v7/GUID‐1C89475E‐FBFF‐4A88‐8DA9‐0FFC7BAB2C71

An identification of the data source site and data source system is needed as an extension of the native tag name.

The tag name extension should be as concise as possible so as not to require a very lengthy tag name result.

The data source site and data source system should be represented as a prefix to the native tag.

No suffix will be used to add on to the native tag. A PI tag suffix may be considered that would identify point type; however, this optional consideration is not recommended. Point type refers to the type of value being recorded like a setpoint, an alarm limit, a status point, etc.

4

2.3 ExamplesofNativeSystemTagNamingatNYPA

SENYTagExample

Instrument Tag H7A\7APTFW011

PI Tag H7A.7APTFW011 (“\” not allowed in PI Tags)

Controller H7A

System 7A (HRSG 7A)

Equipment PT (Pressure Transmitter)

Media FW (Feed Water)

Location

011 (Instrument location within the circuit, starting at 001 and ascending to possibly 999 at some downstream location)

SiemensPowerTGTagNameExamples(PowerTGisSCADAatBG,NIA,STL)

SCADA SYSTEM Long Name Entityname TG8000_NAME

NIA RM01 MW SETPOINT Analog.SPRM1MW SPRM1MW

BG BG U1 MWATTS ANALOG:PLANT.PLGE1MW PLGE1MW

STL U18 MW ANALOG:U18.U18AR83VAL U18AR83VAL

The Siemens Power TG SCADA at BG, NIA, and STL SCADA system each write data to a separate Oracle database instance. The tag naming convention present in Power TG is generally carried through to the Oracle database instances.

STLGCSTagExample

Oracle Name Source Tag Point Description

U18_TE_700_SW 18‐TE‐700‐SW Unit 18 EXCITER_FIELD_TEMP

5

NIAGEProficyHistorianTagnameExample

GE Historian Tagname Description Collector Name Source Address

RM01.R01EVOLT.F_CV RM 01 Exciter Voltage (F_CV) NYPADAS_File RM01.R01EVOLT.F_CV

2.4 ExamplesofProposedPITagNaming

Site Source System Native Tag Name Proposed PI Tag Name

NIA SORA1 SPRM1MW NIA.SORA1:SPRM1MW

BG SORA1 PLGE1MW BG.SORA1:PLGE1MW

STL SORA1 U18AR83VAL STL.SORA1:U18AR83VAL

STL SORA1 U18_TE_700_SW STL.SORA1:U18_TE_700_SW

NIA GEH001 RMO1.RO1EVOLT.F_CV NIA.GEH001:R01EVOLT.F_CV

No SENY PI tag naming is shown in the examples because a determination needs to be made whether the PI tag naming convention described in this document is to be applied retroactively to PI tags already defined for SENY points.

29

ATTACHMENT E – ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA

SENSOR DEPLOYMENT PHASE II ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT NUMBER: CPR 1553

FOR

General Installation of Electrical and Communication Equipment and Materials


Revision: 0 Status: Issued for Release

General Installation of Electrical and

Communication Equipment and Materials

Project No.: Revision No:

CPR 1553 0

Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page

1.0 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................. 3

1.1 Material, Equipment, Work, and Services to be Provided ......................................................... 3

1.2 Codes and Standards ................................................................................................................ 5

1.3 Permits, Laws and Ordinances .................................................................................................. 5

1.4 Contractor Documentation and Submittals ................................................................................ 6

1.5 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................... 6

1.6 Project Specific Site and Utility Data.......................................................................................... 6

2.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 7

2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 7

2.2 Equipment Location ................................................................................................................... 7

2.3 Electrical Material and Equipment ............................................................................................. 8

2.4 Handling, Transportation, Storage and Protection of Equipment and Materials ....................... 8

2.5 Performance of Work ............................................................................................................... 10

2.6 Material and Installation Instructions ........................................................................................ 11

2.7 Equipment Installation .............................................................................................................. 13

2.8 Grounding Protection ............................................................................................................... 13

2.9 Equipment and Miscellaneous Items ....................................................................................... 13

2.10 Cable Tray ................................................................................................................................ 14

2.11 Exposed Conduit ...................................................................................................................... 14

2.12 Underground Conduit ............................................................................................................... 14

2.13 Cable Installation and Termination .......................................................................................... 15

2.14 Nameplates and Tagging ......................................................................................................... 17

2.15 Safety ....................................................................................................................................... 17

3.0 PERFORMANCE AND TESTING ........................................................................................... 19

3.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 19

3.2 Communications, Auxiliary Power, and Control Equipment .................................................... 19

3.3 Grounding System Test ........................................................................................................... 20

3.4 Test Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 20

3.5 Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................... 20

3.6 Final Clean Up ......................................................................................................................... 20




CPR 1553 0

Page 3

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Material, Equipment, Work, and Services to be Provided

1.1.1 Field design, furnish, install and test items and materials required for distribution and communication

systems installation at project locations in accordance with this specification, and as described in the

main installation specification, the site specific work scope statements, and this specification.

A. Items to be Provided by Contractor

� Installation of the sensor deployment distribution and communications equipment and

material including, but not limited to sensors, network switches, network firewalls, network

cabinets, enclosures, copper and fiber optic cables, UPS’s, circuit breakers, electrical

distribution equipment, and accessories.

� Supply and installation of the grounding system connections.

� Supply and installation of exposed and buried raceway and conduit, supports, and fittings.

� Supply and installation of power, control, instrument, and communication cables.

� Supply and installation of power distribution equipment, switches, circuit breakers, fuses,

miscellaneous materials, and accessories.

� Supply and installation of all required nameplates and tags.

� Touch up painting of all equipment and systems installed by Contractor.

� Construction completion, checkout, commissioning, and migration including communication

checks, testing, and documentation.

� Preparation of system/area/component turnover packages for hand over to the Authority.

� Preparation of as-built drawings including field changes for turnover to the Authority.

� Protection, care, and maintenance of equipment, and materials that have been released for

installation until turnover to the Authority.

� Outdoor and indoor storage areas including clean, heated, and air-conditioned environments

for electrical equipment.

� Quality Assurance Program, Safety Program, Electrical Tagout, and Acceptance and

Performance Testing.

B. Services Provided by the Authority:




CPR 1553 0

Page 4

� Construction Management including but not limited to; oversight inspection, contract

administration, scheduling coordination, safety oversight, and security, etc.

� Designated lay-down and work areas.

1.1.2 Other Contractors:

A. Contractor is advised that the Owner may be working around the project locations including

substation, and switchyard sites. Contractor shall also coordinate its operations with the Authority

crews.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the operations of the Authority’s Forces or any

other Contractors, by mutual agreement.

C. Should any conflict in operations arise, the Authority will resolve the conflict. Any change

required in a Contractor’s operations shall be at no additional expense to the Authority.

1.1.3 Hauling

A. Loads shall be moved on vehicles complying with local regulations, particularly those regarding

wheel loading. Contractor shall obtain all required permits.

1.1.4 Descriptive Drawings

A. The Contractor shall maintain as-built drawings showing locations, routing, and critical

coordinates of all equipment, raceway, wiring changes, etc. All work shall be done in compliance

with NYPA drafting standards.

1.1.5 Schedule

A. The work is expected to start immediately after the contract award and be ready for startup

testing in accordance with the project schedule.

B. The work is expected to be performed simultaneously with other work at various locations.

C. Contractor shall coordinate its efforts with the Authority and ensure that the installation, testing,

and interfaces are made safely and on schedule.

D. Contractor shall supply a detailed construction schedule by site and equipment. It shall

specifically identify interface points with the Authority and others including when equipment,

areas, lines, etc., are required. This schedule shall be updated showing weekly progress and

submitted to the Authority.




CPR 1553 0

Page 5

1.2 Codes and Standards

1.2.1 Work to be provided under this specification shall be in strict accordance with the applicable

codes, standards, specifications, regulations, tests and procedures of the following organizations

in force on the date of contract award:

� ACI – American Concrete Institute

� ANSI – American National Standards Institute

� ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials

� AWS – American Welding Society

� EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance

� FCC - Federal Communications Commission

� ICC – International Code Council

� ICEA – Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

� IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

� IEC – International Engineering Consortium

� ISA - Instrumentation, Systems and Automation Society

� ITU - International Telecommunication Union

� NEC – National Electrical Code

� NEMA – National Electric Manufacturers Association

� NESC – National Electrical Safety Code

� NFPA – National Fire Protection Association

� NPCC – Northeast Power Coordinating Council

� OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Administration

� Telcordia - formerly Bellcore

� UL – Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.

1.2.2 In case of conflict the most stringent code requirement shall govern. The Authority shall be

apprised of all apparent conflicts for resolution.

1.2.3 The Contractor shall be responsible to procure any copies of the reference standards it may

require to perform the work.

1.3 Permits, Laws and Ordinances

1.3.1 The Contractor shall be responsible, at their own expense, for complying with all State of New

York and local codes and requirements that may be applicable.




CPR 1553 0

Page 6

1.4 Contractor Documentation and Submittals

1.4.1 Contractor shall refer to Division 01 Specification for the document submittal requirements.

1.5 Quality Assurance

1.5.1 Contractor shall refer to the Division 01 Specification for the Quality Assurance requirements.

1.6 Project Specific Site and Utility Data

1.6.1 Contractor shall refer to the Division 01 Specification for site and utility data. Contractor’s design

shall be suitable for operation at the conditions of service identified by this specification.




CPR 1553 0

Page 7

2.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

2.1 General

2.1.1 All work and material including installation of and modifications to equipment, raceway, and

grounding shall comply with and satisfy the fundamental technical and operational requirements of

the communication and sensor systems to be accommodated.

2.1.2 All labor, transits, tape, etc., necessary to do so shall be furnished by the Contractor. Necessary

clearance and maintenance access shall be verified before installation. The Contractor shall be

responsible to make all field measurements, which may affect the ordering, detailing or fabrication

of materials and execution of the work for this contract. This shall apply to all anchor bolts,

support steel, or other miscellaneous work, which is to be tied into work already installed.

Discrepancies shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Authority for resolution. The

Contractor shall be responsible for repairs and/or rework resulting from its failure to verify

dimensions.

2.1.3 There are operating power, communications, and sensor systems, which will be in the work areas

and will be energized during construction. Minimum required distances between is equipment and

personnel or equipment shall be in accordance with NEC and NESC.

2.2 Equipment Location

2.2.1 Prior to the start of construction, the primary working points, columns, or control line from which to

lay out all subsequent work shall be identified.

2.2.2 Work shall be laid out and located from established control lines and columns. Contractor shall

assume all responsibility for the accuracy of all locations and elevations as referenced to the

control lines and columns.

2.2.3 The equipment including racks, raceway, cable, conduit, grounding, boxes, etc., shall be installed

to avoid interference with any structure or work by others, maintaining adequate headroom and

clearance at doors and passageways, to the satisfaction of the Authority and in accordance with

NEC, NFPA and OSHA requirements. Installation shall permit clearance for access to equipment

for repair, servicing, and replacement.

2.2.4 Such equipment shall not be installed until it has been verified that proposed location of such

equipment will not interfere with other site equipment and that final installation complies with other

provisions of this section.

2.2.5 The equipment installation drawings, and field conditions shall be coordinated in order to

determine the final exact routing and terminations for all conduits and cables.

2.2.6 All equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and

maintenance.




CPR 1553 0

Page 8

2.2.7 Site conditions and dimensions of equipment shall be verified to ensure access for proper

installation of equipment without disassembly that may void warranty. The Authority shall be

reported to in writing, prior to installation of equipment involved, on conditions that may prevent

proper installation.

2.2.8 Equipment, boxes, controls, and devices shall be positioned to be accessible for operation or

maintenance without the need for platforms, ladders, scaffolding, or temporary lighting. Conduit

entrance shall be from the side or bottom.

2.2.9 Equipment mismatch, interference, or lack of access for any equipment, if encountered in

construction, due to the failure to follow these procedures shall be resolved to the Authority

satisfaction at Contractor’s expense. If there is a conflict between installation of equipment and

equipment interference, such matters shall be referred to the Authority for resolution before

installation of any equipment. In these instances, the Authority decision shall be final and binding.

2.2.10 Equipment that is placed incorrectly shall be relocated at the Contractor’s expense. This shall

include restoration of previous location to its original condition if required by the Authority.

2.2.11 Where field conditions make it advisable or necessary to change the specified location of new

wiring, raceways, boxes, or electrical equipment, such changes shall be made with the consent of

the Authority.

2.2.12 Cables shall be kept a minimum of six inches from lines and ducts carrying heated material.

2.3 Electrical Material and Equipment

2.3.1 Where materials of specific manufacture are called for, either on the drawings or in specifications,

no substitution shall be made without prior written approval of the Authority.

2.3.2 The materials furnished shall be free from defects and imperfections, of recent manufacture and

unused. Their design shall be in accordance with best modern practices. All equipment and

materials shall be the products of reputable and recognized contractors and shall comply and be in

accordance with the applicable codes, standards and regulations.

2.3.3 Communications and electrical materials shall be provided in accordance with this specification,

the system Contractor’s requirements, drawings, and the related specifications.

2.4 Handling, Transportation, Storage and Protection of Equipment and Materials

2.4.1 Work shall include the unloading, uncrating, inspecting, accepting, moving to and from local

storage, proper protection and storage in the areas designated, and the placing and assembling of

all electrical equipment and materials.

2.4.2 All equipment received at the jobsite shall be inspected for damage that might have occurred

during transit.




CPR 1553 0

Page 9

2.4.3 Contractor shall take responsibility for the protection of all equipment. Extreme care shall be taken

to prevent damage or distortion to equipment during handling, storage and installation. Suitable

protection against dust, moisture, contamination and/or damage shall be provided and maintained

during storage on site; during subsequent handling, erecting, and installing; and after installation,

until accepted as complete by the Authority. Equipment shall be properly protected to prevent

damage due to other work in the vicinity, from the weather or from other possible sources. Space

heaters shall be energized to control moisture. Contractor shall supply power and wiring for the

space heaters.

2.4.4 Positive precautionary measures, such as plugs, covers, and seals, shall be applied to equipment

as necessary to keep all dirt, grit or other contaminating matter out of cabinets, panels, controllers,

instrumentation, motors, etc. Panels and cabinets shall be covered during storage and all stages

of construction with a heavy polyethylene plastic sheet or laminated Kraft paper having a moisture

barrier. Protective measures shall also include suitable box-type structures or other arrangements

as necessary on or around installed equipment to prevent breakage or damage to vulnerable parts

and to prevent harmful contamination, such as weld spatter, concrete drippings, or other

construction debris, from entering the equipment. These protection measures shall be applied at

the discretion and direction of the Authority.

2.4.5 Storage and handling of all electrical equipment and material shall be in accordance with the

equipment manufacturer’s instructions and/or requirements.

2.4.6 Any materials or equipment which becomes damaged, disfigured, dirty, rusted or contaminated in

the course of storage, handling, installation or testing, shall be cleaned, repaired, or replaced in a

manner meeting with the approval of the Authority. Any material that appears damaged shall not

be repaired and installed until properly inspected and authorized by the Authority.

2.4.7 Finished paint that is scratched or damaged during storage or installation shall be properly

repaired or refinished. All materials required for the repairs shall be furnished. Painting shall be

done in accordance with the main erection specification.

2.4.8 Only touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer shall be used. Paint shall be

blended into the surface such that the refinished surface is not noticeable and is free from ridges,

bumps, or defects.

2.4.9 The Authority shall be informed of any damage that may affect the construction schedule.

2.4.10 Appropriate measures shall be taken to prevent condensation in electrical equipment if it is evident

that the equipment will remain de-energized for extended periods. All anti-condensation heaters

shall be connected to the proper supply voltage and energized during the period when the

equipment is idle. When equipment subject to moisture absorption is not provided with heaters by

the manufacturer, thermostatically-controlled heaters of sufficient size to keep the temperature of

the equipment above the dew point shall be furnished, installed, connected and energized by the

Contractor. Such heaters shall be maintained while the equipment is in storage and during all

phases of construction.




CPR 1553 0

Page 10

2.4.11 Ends of conduit lengths and cable shall be protected during storage and handling to exclude dirt,

excessive moisture, and other foreign substances, and to preserve undamaged threads.

2.4.12 The communication system equipment and other indoor equipment shall be stored in an air-

conditioned warehouse or building not subject to dust and moisture.

2.5 Performance of Work

2.5.1 The technical requirements of this section shall apply to work covered by this specification. The

work indicated in the drawings is diagrammatic and shall be closely coordinated with the

requirements of the specification. Any conflicts between the requirements of this section and other

sections or contract documents shall be submitted to the Authority for resolution.

2.5.2 All work shall be coordinated to suit and comply with the site operational requirements and

schedules. All necessary steps shall be taken to ensure that the work will not interrupt or disrupt

the site’s operations. Recognized construction techniques, methods and procedures shall be used

and the work performed in a neat, thorough, and workmanlike manner in accordance with

applicable codes and standards. The work and schedule shall be coordinated with and approved

by the Authority.

2.5.3 All work shall be performed in a thorough and workmanlike manner by personnel fully qualified for

the job. All personnel employed shall be knowledgeable in the installation of the equipment that is

being installed or modified.

2.5.4 The work shall be coordinated to avoid interference, so that wiring, cable, conduit, trays, and

equipment will be properly installed and connected to existing equipment in the proper sequence.

2.5.5 Proper work schedule shall be made with due allowance of sufficient time to install power and

control wiring and make permanent electrical connections to loads and power distribution

equipment such that check out, start-up and performance testing schedule is not delayed on

account of non-availability of power. This schedule shall be reviewed and approved by the

Authority.

2.5.6 The work shall be coordinated and sufficient time allowed within the work schedule so as not to

interfere with or delay other phases of the work.

2.5.7 Due care shall be exercised to safeguard all existing facilities and installations including buildings,

operating equipment, roads, and structural steel within the areas covered by this contract. Any

damages incurred shall be repaired and any damaged facility restored to its original condition.

2.5.8 Penetrations for raceway, conduit or cable bus through building walls shall be as shown on the

contract drawings. Penetrations through corrugated siding shall be saw cut and framed using

angle irons or tube steel welded to existing building girts or trailer frame members. Exterior

penetrations shall be made weather tight. Penetrations through fire-rated walls shall use fire

stops. Penetrations into air-conditioned or ventilated rooms shall be sealed.




CPR 1553 0

Page 11

2.6 Material and Installation Instructions

2.6.1 General

A. This section of the Technical Specifications details the general material supply and construction

requirements, which shall be observed for this project. All work shall be done in a neat, efficient,

safe, and thorough manner and by personnel who are skilled and trained for each phase of the

job. All work shall conform with the specification and accompanying drawings of this document.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for placing sufficient manpower at the job site to insure

completion of the work on schedule. This shall apply to both the Contractor’s and all of its

Contractor’s personnel.

C. Detailed installation instructions shall be obtained from the system contractor’s and

manufacturers, and followed for all equipment.

D. For equipment not supplied with instruction manuals, standard practices acceptable to the

Authority shall be followed.

E. Support structures shall be fabricated from galvanized uni-strut type material and installed by the

Contractor as required to support isolated groups of equipment, contactors, safety switches,

fuses, circuit breakers, other controls, pull boxes, power receptacles, junction boxes, etc. Where

indicated, grille or fencing enclosures shall also be provided for isolation of individual items of

equipment to prevent accidental contact by personnel.

F. Wall-mounted equipment shall not be bolted directly to walls or structures. The equipment shall

be separated from the wall with structural members or struts. All equipment shall be bolted to

these structural members or struts, which shall in turn be fastened to walls or structures.

G. Freestanding equipment shall be securely anchored to floors or foundations.

H. Electrical equipment and raceways shall be supported from walls, building structural members, or

concrete piers. Equipment shall not be supported from piping or other equipment.

I. Equipment shall be installed to properly distribute equipment loads on building structural

members. Roof-mounted equipment shall be installed and supported on roof structural steel.

Removal and replacement of roofing materials shall be done as required. Materials and finished

repairs shall be equivalent to that existing.

J. Shape, size, and position of openings required for material or equipment shall be determined.

Full information shall be provided to the Authority so those openings required for electrical work

may be coordinated with other work and other openings and may be provided for in advance. In

case of failure to provide necessary and sufficient information in proper time, the required cutting,

and patching shall be done at Contractor’s expense to full satisfaction of the Authority.




CPR 1553 0

Page 12

K. The internal surfaces of all equipment, boxes, cabinets, etc., shall be thoroughly clean and free of

scale, dirt, and other foreign matter when installed. All components shall be inspected prior to

installation and cleaned as necessary by vacuuming, wiping, swabbing, or other suitable means.

L. Torque wrenches shall be used for making up connection bolts for bus joints, gasketed joints,

etc., and where called for on the drawings or equipment instructions.

M. Connectors, Bolts and Lock Washers shall be high strength, high corrosion resistance, non-

magnetic, nonferrous bolts, hex nut, flat washer, and lock washer.

N. Material furnished with the electrical equipment in conformance with the specification for electrical

equipment is acceptable. The bolts shall be torqued in accordance with the equipment

manufacturer’s instruction

2.6.2 Welding

A. Field welding shall be kept to a minimum. Welds to the existing structural steel shall be made only

with prior approval of the Authority. When permitted, attached welds, whether permanent or

temporary, shall not be detrimental to the structure’s components. All welding shall be done by an

experienced welder, qualified to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager.

B. Non-asbestos fireproofing blankets shall be used to cover nearby trays and equipment and

flammable material whenever welding and flame cutting is performed.

2.6.3 Miscellaneous Structural Support Steel

A. Structural support steel shall be and installed by the Contractor as required for support of

electrical equipment and raceways. Steel shall be galvanized A36 fabricated steel members or

galvanized uni-strut type material with compatible fittings, bolts, and accessories.

B. Attachments to the building steel shall be at beam centerlines. Cantilevers from existing beams

shall be avoided if possible.

C. Steel shall be of hot-dipped galvanized members. Galvanized steel cut, drilled, or punched in the

field shall have cut surfaces painted before assembly with zinc-rich corrosion resistant paint.

Galvanox or the Authority approved equal.

D. All cable entrance provisions in terminal boxes, switchgear and other equipment where conduit is

not used shall be sealed. Openings shall be field drilled as required.

2.6.4 Site Work and Demolition

A. The Contractor shall do some minor excavation and backfill associated with conduit work and

with the laying of the underground grounding grid.




CPR 1553 0

Page 13

B. All construction debris shall be removed as soon as practical and the worksite shall be kept clean

at all times. All waste materials shall be properly removed from the worksite and handled

appropriately.

C. All access roads, driveways, parking areas, and sidewalks damaged by the Contractor’s

operations shall be repaired or replaced, as necessary, to the pre-existing standard.

2.7 Equipment Installation

A. All equipment shall be handled, assembled, and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s

instructions and drawings. The manufacturer shall be contacted for any technical direction

required during the installation.

B. Major equipment shall be inspected by the manufacturer’s technical representative after

installation.

C. Electrical and ground connections shall be made to all equipment..

2.8 Grounding Protection

2.8.1 A grounding system consisting of buried ground conductors and rods, equipment, raceway, and

cable ground wires shall be supplied and installed as required to supply an effectively grounded

and shielded facility per the NEC and NESC, and EIA-222 for the equipment.

2.8.2 The system shall be include bare copper wired sized per the NEC. Underground connections shall

be cad-weld and aboveground connections shall be compression or bolted lugs designed

specifically for grounding.

2.8.3 The grounding system shall be protected against damage during construction. Damaged portions

should be repaired.

2.9 Equipment and Miscellaneous Items

2.9.1 All equipment shall be supplied, handled, assembled, and installed in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions and drawings. The manufacturer shall be contacted for any technical

direction required during the installation.

2.9.2 Major equipment shall be inspected by the manufacturer’s technical representative after

installation.

2.9.3 Electrical and ground connections shall be made to all equipment.

2.9.4 Equipment on structures such as disconnect switches, circuit breakers, bus supports, surge

arresters, instrument transformers, etc., shall be installed using shims as required to provide an

overall plumb installation.




CPR 1553 0

Page 14

2.10 Cable Tray

2.10.1 All trays and fittings shall be hot-dip galvanized steel, ladder type with flanges facing in.

2.10.2 Connector bolts, nuts and other hardware shall be compatible with the tray system, cadmium

plated and installed with an oxidation inhibitor. Hold down clamps shall be used for both trays and

covers.

2.10.3 The cable tray system shall be supported with hot-dipped galvanized Unistrut channels and

threaded rods, and electro-galvanized hardware. Unless otherwise noted supports shall be a

minimum of 8-ft apart or as required to support fittings with no more than one splice point between

supports. The maximum support location from the end of a fitting shall be 2'-0". The end of the tray

shall not be more than 2'-0" from a support. The supports and tray shall be chosen and designed

to handle 60 lbs/ft of cable plus a 200 lb point load in between the supports.

2.10.4 Where trays penetrate building walls, a 1-hour fire rated stop shall be installed that will not affect

the ampacity of the cable in the tray.

2.10.5 Unless otherwise specified, trays are 6” deep with a 24” radius.

2.11 Exposed Conduit

2.11.1 All indoor exposed conduit shall be electric metallic tubing with crimp fittings indoors. All outdoor

exposed conduit shall be hot dipped rigid galvanized steel. Conduit sized, routed, installed,

supported, and effectively grounded in accordance with the NEC and NESC.

2.11.2 All metal conduit shall be cut with a power hacksaw or band saw to accomplish a square cut end,

or a rotary pipe cutter may be used to make a complete cut as long as a reamer is used to smooth

out the interior of the conduit after making the cut.

2.11.3 All burrs and sharp edges shall be removed from the interior of the conduit with a reaming tool.

A. Conduits shall enter outdoor equipment from the bottom and the conduit shall be installed to

prevent drainage of water into the equipment.

B. Pulling sleeves and pull boxes shall be installed as required to avoid violating the pulling tension

and sidewall pressure limits of the cables to be installed in the conduits.

2.12 Underground Conduit

2.12.1 All underground conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 in normal areas, and rigid galvanized steel

under road and areas marked roadways. The conduit shall be sized, routed, installed, supported,

and effectively grounded in accordance with the NEC and NESC

2.12.2 Underground conduit within the site shall be direct buried at least 36-inch deep, frost depth to be

verified by the contractor to ensure correct burial depth.




CPR 1553 0

Page 15

2.12.3 Conduit stub-ups shall be plumb within 1/8-inch tolerance per foot of conduit (3-mm tolerance per

305 mm of conduit). Conduit stub-ups shall be located to properly connect or enter the equipment

or raceway to be fed.

2.12.4 Reverse curves in any conduit are not permitted. Curved alignment shall be accomplished by

forming the desired curve from straight conduit sections or using long-radius factory-made bends.

2.12.5 A 2” minimum separation both vertically and horizontally between conduits is required to provide

room for good backfill compaction and heat dissipation. A 3” minimum clearance shall be

maintained between trench bottom, trench walls and ducts. The trench should be grade true and

free of stones and soft spots.

2.12.6 For buried conduits, a sand backfill shall be placed dry to a depth of at least 8” over the top of the

conduit.

2.12.7 After backfilling each conduit shall be rodded with a ten inch (10”) long mandrel which is one half

inch (1/2”) smaller in diameter than the duct’s inside diameter. The mandrel shall be drawn

completely through the duct and followed by a duct brush and swab to remove any obstructions.

After rodding, a single No. 8 AWG Type “TW” aluminum wire or a 3/16-inch nylon (or

polyproplylene) rope shall be pulled through and left in each duct. The ends of the No. 8 AWG

wire are to be taped to seal out moisture.

2.12.8 A 6-inch wide polyethylene warning tape, marked BURIED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT shall be

buried one foot above the entire length of all conduit runs.

2.12.9 Contractor shall keep an accurate record of the location of all underground duct banks, which shall

be turned over to the Authority at the completion of the work. All recorded locations of duct banks

shall include surface directions and depths below finished grade.

2.13 Cable Installation and Termination

2.13.1 All cables shall be XHHW, jacketed, multi-conductor cables sized per the NEC.

2.13.2 Insulation of all cables shall be low smoke, zero halogen.

2.13.3 Cables shall be installed in conduit, cable tray, or cable trench in accordance with the NEC and

manufacturer’s instructions. Provide proper separation of cables within cable trays and tunnel

areas. Routes shall be determined by the Contractor. All fiber-optic cables shall be run in orange

innerduct except when it is in its own conduit.

2.13.4 No splices are permitted in wires or cables.

2.13.5 All cable handling, transporting, installing, terminating, splicing, and testing shall be done in

compliance with all applicable standards, codes, specifications, and manufacturer’s

recommendations by qualified personnel.




CPR 1553 0

Page 16

2.13.6 All cable pulls shall be continuous, where practical. Where it is necessary to bend cable during

installation, the Authority shall use such procedures and equipment to prevent over stressing the

sheath and insulation. The cable manufacturer’s recommended minimum bending radius shall be

used for these operations.

2.13.7 Whenever possible, all wire and cable shall be fed directly from spools or reels into conduits or

manholes to prevent cable damage due to dragging over ground during cable pulling. If pulling the

cable over ground is necessary, ground surfaces shall be smooth, clear of sharp gravel and, if

required, covered with protective material. Driving or walking over these wires or cables shall be

prohibited.

2.13.8 Cables shall be installed using an approved cable lubricant. Only those cable lubricant compounds

which are recommended or approved by the cable manufacturer shall be used. In all cases, no

cable pulling lubricant shall be used which will destroy, degrade, or in any manner adversely affect

the insulation, jacketing, or shielding of any cable. Cable lubricants shall be applied as

recommended or approved by the lubricant and/or cable manufacturer(s).

2.13.9 The Contractor shall obtain recommended maximum pulling tensions from cable manufacturers

and shall use proper procedures so as to not exceed recommended tensions when pulling cables.

2.13.10 Cables shall be trained around manhole walls and supported by galvanized steel cable racks and

extension hooks. Porcelain insulator saddles for medium voltage cable and tywraps for other

cables shall be used for all cables where the cable contacts the supports.

2.13.11 The Contractor shall use pulling-eyes for pulling medium voltage power cable into ducts. Sufficient

length shall be left to cut back the ends which may be damaged by handling or pulling. The pulling

lines shall contain swivels.

2.13.12 Cables that have been installed in raceway shall not be removed and reinstalled without the

written permission of the Owner.

2.13.13 Cable clamps or tywraps shall be provided to limit the movement of conductors within the tray.

Strapping shall be installed at minimum intervals of 6-ft for horizontal runs and 3-ft for vertical runs.

2.13.14 All cables and wiring installed within panels or equipment enclosures shall be neatly bundled and

adequately secured unless wiring ducts are provided and may be used. Bundles shall be secured

by attachment of cable ties to the interval structure of the enclosure or to screw-applied cable tie

mounts. Self-adhesive cable tie mounts may not be used.

2.13.15 All spare wires in equipment shall be pulled into the equipment and shall be long enough to extend

to any device in the equipment.

2.13.16 Medium-voltage terminations shall be covered with insulating boots or insulating tape equivalent to

the insulation rating of the cable. Filler material should be used as required.




CPR 1553 0

Page 17

2.13.17 Power, control, and instrument wires shall be terminated to terminal blocks with no more than two

wires to a terminal.

2.13.18 Any shield wires or shields shall be bonded to ground at the source end for power cables and

control panel for control cables.

2.13.19 The contractor shall evaluate cable tray loading prior to using existing trays.

2.13.20 Contractor shall keep an accurate set of prints of the cable system which shall show, at all times,

the “as built” installations of all cables. Upon completion of the work, these maps shall be turned

over to the Authority in good condition, with all cables and equipment shown as installed.

2.14 Nameplates and Tagging

2.14.1 Major pieces of equipment shall be labeled with phenolic nameplates visible and readable from 10

ft away.

2.14.2 Conduits shall be tagged at each end with a unique conduit number.

2.14.3 Cables shall be tagged at each end and in manholes with a unique cable number.

2.14.4 Individual wires shall be tagged at each end with a phase or unique wire number for low-voltage

power, control, and fiber-optic cables.

2.14.5 Wording of nameplates and tags shall be approved by the Authority before installation.

2.14.6 Contractor shall provide nameplates within 15 days of completion of work.

2.15 Safety

2.15.1 The Contractor shall have and work in accordance with an established safety program that

assures compliance with all OSHA and Local safety requirements. This shall cover all furnished

equipment and materials, construction equipment, installation practices, personnel protective

equipment and clothing, training, certifications, etc.

2.15.2 Prior to start of work on site, the Contractor shall provide to the Authority the name and phone

number of the individual responsible for handling all safety issues during the duration of this

contract.

2.15.3 The Contractor shall be aware that some of the work being performed is near operation

equipment. The Contractor awareness shall extend beyond their immediate work area to ensure

that their activities will not have an adverse effect on any operating systems.

2.15.4 The Contractor shall take whatever practicable measures are necessary and assure that due

diligence is practiced to the fullest extent possible to perform the work in a safe manner.




CPR 1553 0

Page 18

2.15.5 The Contractor shall not perform excavation work of any kind without the owner being present.

Contractor shall not perform any backfill operations without prior approval from the Authority.

2.15.6 The Contractor shall pothole for all known underground utilities in advance of excavation using

hand excavation. The Contractor shall take extreme caution not to damage any existing lines or

utilities. Should the Contractor have any questions or problems concerning safety, he shall

immediately contact the Authority. Hand excavation is required near all utilities and underground

lines. If any underground utilities are not found by potholing at the location shown on drawings, all

work shall stop at this location and the Authority shall be notified.

2.15.7 Contractor shall repair, at its own expense, any and all damages to existing lines, equipment, or

utilities caused by Contractor. Any claims for consequential damages resulting from damage to

any existing lines or utilities caused by the Contractor shall be charged to the Contractor’s

account.

2.15.8 The use of asbestos or asbestos containing materials is strictly prohibited.

2.15.9 Blasting shall not be permitted.

2.15.10 The Authority reserves the right to stop a work activity for reasonable cause without penalty for

time or wages lost as a result of noncompliance to safety rules or regulations.




CPR 1553 0

Page 19

3.0 PERFORMANCE AND TESTING

3.1 General

3.1.1 Tests as specified by the system Contractor and manufacturer shall be conducted during the

construction and commissioning period, and the completion of records covering such work shall be

maintained.

3.1.2 All such tests and checks shall be made in strict accordance with this specification and applicable

manufacturer’s instructions.

3.1.3 Testing shall be done under the immediate supervision and direction of the project start-up group,

and where available, with the advice and assistance of representatives of the manufacturers.

3.1.4 Inspection, testing, and initial energization shall be performed as follows:

A. Installation and testing of all equipment shall be performed that complies with the instructions and

requirements of the equipment manufacturers and the Authority.

B. On completion, the installation and wiring shall be thoroughly tested to ensure proper polarity and

phasing, freedom from grounds and short circuits, proper fusing, and proper connection.

3.1.5 Prior to releasing the systems and equipment for testing, the following inspections shall be

performed:

A. Check all connections and fittings for tightness using calibrated torque wrench method.

B. Verify that all equipment and structure ground connections have been made and properly

tightened.

C. Compare equipment nameplates with drawing and verify proper installation location.

D. Inspect al equipment for cleanliness and other physical damage. Clean all items that have any

evidence of contamination in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

E. Inspect wiring for correctness and compliance with drawings.

F. Notify Construction Manager of all discrepancies found as a result of the inspection and rectify as

required.

3.2 Communications, Auxiliary Power, and Control Equipment

3.2.1 For all equipment, the Contractor shall functionally test for correct operation, set all alarms, set all

trips, etc. in accordance with the manufacturers' and the Authority instructions.




CPR 1553 0

Page 20

3.3 Grounding System Test

3.3.1 The Contractor shall measure the continuity and ground resistance of the equipment ground

connections.

3.4 Test Equipment

3.4.1 Testing equipment used during construction testing shall include, but shall not be limited to:

meggers, ground test sets. All equipment shall be in good operating condition and shall be

properly maintained and calibrated. The calibrations shall be checked at intervals and

recalibration shall be done at least every three months.

3.4.2 Upon completion of testing, checking, and preliminary operation of each item of equipment, circuit,

or system, any necessary maintenance and protection shall be provided until the item is turned

over to and accepted by the project start-up group.

3.5 Miscellaneous

3.5.1 All testing shall be scheduled by the Contractor and cleared through the Authority. No testing of

any kind shall be done or scheduled without this clearance.

3.5.2 Arrangements shall be made with the Authority before any work is done on an energized circuit.

There shall be no interruption of energized circuits, either at primary or control voltages without

previous arrangements with the Authority.

3.5.3 Complete test and inspection records shall be made and incorporated into a report which shall be

given to Authority. All readings taken shall be recorded. Test records shall be given to the

Authority daily as work progresses.

3.5.4 Necessary adjustments to equipment shall be made in cooperation with the Authority and the

equipment manufacturer’s representative.

3.5.5 Any failure or defects in workmanship revealed by the above tests shall be corrected to the

satisfaction of the Authority. Contractor shall furnish labor to perform equipment adjustments or

additional operational checks as required.

3.5.6 All material and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and examination by the Authority

and any defective material shall be corrected to its satisfaction.

3.6 Final Clean Up

3.6.1 Upon completion of the project, the work site shall be cleaned of all construction debris and the

entire site left clean and orderly.

3.6.2 Painted surfaces of steel and equipment damaged during the installation shall be treated with

matching touch-up paint.




CPR 1553 0

Page 21

3.6.3 All penetrations of conduit or cable tray through building walls shall be sealed with polyurethane

foam as required to provide a weatherproof seal.

3.6.4 The Contractor shall neatly patch, repair, and repaint existing work, which may have been

damaged, removed, or altered by performance of this work. Work shall be similar and equal in

quality to the work removed and/or damaged, unless otherwise shown or specified. Such work

shall include, but is not limited to, patching and/or replacement of existing masonry, siding, roofing,

partitions, painting, etc., to the condition it was in prior to installation of electrical equipment.

30

ATTACHMENT F – CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA

SENSOR DEPLOYMENT PHASE II ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT NUMBER: CPR 1553

FOR

General Installation of Civil Equipment, Structures and Materials


Revision: 0 Status: Issued for Release

�

General Installation of Civil Equipment,

Structures and Materials


CPR 1553 0

Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page

GENERAL …………………………………………………………………………………………………………...3

1.1 Scope of work ............................................................................................................................ 3

1.2 Codes and Standards ................................................................................................................ 3

1.3 Contractor Qualifications ............................................................................................................ 4

1.4 Contractor Submittal with the Proposal...................................................................................... 5

1.5 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................... 5

1.6 Project Specific Site and Utility Data.......................................................................................... 5

PRODUCT …………………………………………………………………………………………………………...6

1.7 Design and Material Requirements ............................................................................................ 6

1.8 Construction Requirements ....................................................................................................... 7




CPR 1553 0

Page 3

GENERAL

1.1 Scope of work

1.1.1 This specification covers general requirements for the field survey, assessment, design, supply,

fabrication, delivery, installation, monitoring and testing associated with the civil modifications of site

structures, equipment and raceway supports, and service equipment to be installed or modified at

NYPA facilities.

1.1.2 It is not the Authority intent to specify all technical requirements and set forth those requirements

covered by applicable codes and standards. Contractor shall clearly specify the requirements in their

design documents. The product procurement and installation shall meet the requirements of this

specification and shall meet or exceed the applicable industry standards.

1.1.3 Upon acceptance of an order based on this specification, the Contractor accepts full responsibility for

survey, assessment, engineering, design, material and workmanship of the affected structure and

product and warrants that the product will satisfy the performance requirements of this specification.

1.1.4 The work shall include all items necessary or usually supplied for safe, efficient, continuous and

convenient operation of the equipment within the scope of this specification.

1.1.5 Work by Contractor

Field survey, assessment, design, furnish, install, supervise, inspect, monitor, test and close-out

items and materials required for the civil installation and modifications of NYPA facilities in

accordance with this specification, and as described in the main installation specification and the site-

specific work scope statements.

1.1.6 Work by Authority

Provide access to the facility.

1.2 Codes and Standards

1.2.1 These codes and standards set forth minimum requirements necessary to assure satisfactory

performance of the Contractor equipment. Other internationally recognized codes and standards may

be acceptable provided that they meet or exceed the requirements of the listed codes and standards.

If different from the project list, the Contractor shall submit for Authority approval, details of the codes

and standards, which Contractor proposes to use. Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of

the Authority and the jurisdiction that oversight compliance that the requirements of these codes and

standards meet or exceed the requirements of the codes and standards listed.

1.2.2 In the event of any conflict between codes, standards, and this specification; the Contractor shall refer

the conflict to the Authority for written resolution before start of design.




CPR 1553 0

Page 4

1.2.3 Contractor shall provide a list of codes and standards used for the manufacture of Contractor's

product in effect at the time of purchase order.

1.2.4 As a minimum, the works shall be designed and executed in accordance with the latest versions of

the following standards or other recognized civil engineering standards and codes of practice

approved by the Authority. The Contractor shall investigate the existence of any federal, state or local

regulations and laws governing the proposed works and he shall fully comply with relevant

requirements therein.

� NYSBC – New York State Building Code

� ASCE – American Society of Civil Engineers

� AISC – American Institute of Steel Construction Specifications and Standards

� CRSI – Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

� AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Office

� AA – Aluminum Association

� ACI – American Concrete Institute

� ANSI – American National Standards Institute

� ASTM – American Society for Testing Materials

� AWS – American Welding Society

� ICC – International Code Council

� IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

� NPCA – National Precast Concrete Institute

� NEMA – National Electric Manufacturers Association

� NESC – National Electrical Safety Code

� TIA/EIA – Telecommunications Industry Association

� OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Act

� NYSDOT- New York State Department of Transportation Standards

1.3 Contractor Qualifications

1.3.1 It is intended that the Engineering Consultant under this contract be a specialized firm experienced in

the required engineering and construction disciplines with an in-house or subcontracted Engineering

consultant.

1.3.2 The Engineering Consultant under this contract shall have a minimum of 5 years of applicable

experience for the Civil/Structural portion of the services stated above. The Engineer of Record shall

be licensed in the State of New York.




CPR 1553 0

Page 5

1.4 Contractor Submittal with the Proposal

1.4.1 Proposed Civil/Structural work plan and technical approach. The work plan shall include names of

any sub-contractors, consultants, or vendors necessary to perform this work.

1.4.2 Resume of proposed personnel with descriptions of applicable experience.

1.4.3 List of projects with a description of applicable experience similar to the services required on this

project, including contact information.

1.4.4 Quality Control/Quality Assurance structure and summary of approach

1.5 Quality Assurance

1.5.1 Contractor shall refer to the Division 01 Specification for the standard Quality Assurance

requirements. Contractor shall include specific Quality Control Plan in the specification for each

civil/structural product or methodology to be used in the design and construction.

1.6 Project Specific Site and Utility Data

1.6.1 Contractor shall refer to the NYPA site personnel for site and utility data. Contractor’s design shall be

suitable for operation at the conditions of service identified by this specification.




CPR 1553 0

Page 6

PRODUCT

1.7 Design and Material Requirements

1.7.1 All building modifications, concrete and foundation repair, landscaping, equipment refurbishment, and

structure erection including underground raceway, and grounding material shall comply with and

satisfy the fundamental technical and operational requirements of the electrical items to be installed.

1.7.2 The Contractor shall arrange for, construct, and maintain any temporary access required to execute

the work. After completion of the work, the Contractor shall return the site to its original condition. The

cost of these activities shall be included in the Contractor's bid.

1.7.3 Rainwater from buildings, roof, trenches, transformer foundations and roads shall be drained and

finally discharged to an off-site natural watercourse. The Contractor shall agree with the appropriate

local authority as to the location and details of the final discharge points. Due care shall be taken in

the surface water drainage system to ensure that ground erosion and flooding cannot occur,

particularly around building or equipment foundations. Drainage shall be provided where necessary to

prevent ponding and to carry surface water away from buildings, structures and other works, including

roads.

1.7.4 All foundations shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise directed by the Authority. The minimum

concrete cover to reinforcement shall be per ACI standards and the cement shall be of a type

appropriate to the ground conditions. Where the ground is excavated for any reason below the design

level the void shall be filled with mass concrete at the Contractor’s expense. The depth of

excavations and dimensions of foundations may be modified in accordance with actual soil conditions

on site tested and approved by the Engineer of Record. All the foundation surface concrete in contact

with soil shall be painted with two layers of bitumen or tars to decrease the affect of chemical material

on the reinforced concrete.

1.7.5 Unless otherwise approved by the Authority, all reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield

grade billet steel deformed bars; uncoated finish. The steel shall be free of oil, grease, dirt and paint.

Any loose rust shall be removed before use. No heating, except for fishtailing and no welds excepting

in reinforcing fabric shall be made in any bar without permission in writing from the Authority.

1.7.6 No concrete shall be deposited during weather conditions that are considered by the Authority to be

unsuitable. During the first seven (7) days of hardening all concrete shall be protected from effects of

the direct rays of the sun. No concrete shall be allowed to dry out too rapidly during the first 7 days of

hardening. Shuttering and exposed faces of concrete shall be kept constantly wet. All precautions in

curing concrete shall be carried out to satisfaction of the Authority without extra charge.

1.7.7 Miscellaneous equipment support structures shall be fabricated from hot dip galvanized steel

materials. Steel plate and shapes for base plates shall be ASTM A36, A572, or A633. Structural

tubing shall be ASTM A500, Grade B. Cold formed, round, and tapered tube shall be ASTM A595.

1.7.8 Connection bolts, nuts and washers shall be in accordance with ASTM A325 or A307 and shall be

galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153.




CPR 1553 0

Page 7

1.8 Construction Requirements

1.8.1 Excavation, Compaction and Backfilling Work

Excavation shall be according to the drawings and the levels prescribed or as required due to the

topography of the site and boring test data for the soil properties. Foundation excavation should be

quite enough to use formwork for concrete foundation and at least a minimum of the frost depth at the

project site. The Contractor is to include in his price all shuttering and shoring necessary to support

the excavated area for the safe execution of the works. The bottom of all excavation areas shall be

trimmed, leveled and well rammed. The sides of the footings shall be back- filled and well-compacted

with clean soil. Fill earth shall consist of natural soil, free from vegetation and injurious matter, harmful

to copper and other metals. All earth fill, internal or external to the building, filling trenches, other

excavations and leveling of the site, and when required and prescribed by the Authority, shall be

deposited in layers not exceeding 6” in thickness, each layer sprayed with optimum moisture content

of minus 3%/plus 2% and well compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density. Soft, organic and

other unacceptable material shall be removed from the foundation. The Contractor shall provide

detailed specifications for the excavation, compaction and backfilling requirements per applicable

standards.

1.8.2 Excavation and Backfilling for the Grounding System

A. Excavation of trenches for ground grid to a depth of 18”.

B. Installation of grounding system, including electrodes and cad weld joints and back filling of

trenches. The back filling of first 3” shall be done with clean soil, free from materials and

chemicals detrimental to the copper-earthing conductor.

C. Provision of ground bonding to all building concrete reinforcement in floors, walls, roof and

columns, and bonded to the earthing grid.

1.8.3 Concrete Works

The strength requirement of concrete shall be proven by means of preliminary trial tests of design mix

job before the actual concrete work commences. The water cement ratio shall be 0.45. ASTM

specifications can be applied for testing for reinforcement. Only fresh clean water from an approved

source shall be used during the casting and concrete curing and shall not contain SO4 more than 200

ppm, PH between 7-8.5 and total soluble salts not more than 500ppm and chloride 200 ppm. 28 days

compressive strength of the new concrete shall be a minimum of 4000 psi but may be higher

depending on the project need to be determined by the Contractor subject to the Authority approval or

as directed by the Authority. Concrete specification shall clearly specify testing requirements,

inspection procedures, and quality control to be performed by the Contractor. Authority will perform

independent inspection of the concrete work and the Contractor shall comply with Authority testing

and QA requirements. The Contractor shall provide detailed specifications for the concrete

requirements per applicable standards.




CPR 1553 0

Page 8

1.8.4 Cement

The cement used in concrete works should be ordinary Portland cement or sulphate resisting

Portland cement according to ASTM specifications. The cement shall be used immediately after

delivery and cement which the Authority considers has become stale or unsuitable through absorption

of moisture shall be rejected and removed from the site. Samples for testing should be taken from

each delivery on site of cement or any new delivery from different sources.

1.8.5 Sand

The sand to be used for concrete shall be according to ASTM C33, C94, and FS TT-C-800 and shall

be clean, sharp, freshwater river or pit sand and shall not contain more than a total of 0.25 percent

clay and dust. It shall be a well-graded mixture of washed and screened grains giving grading curve.

Sulphate content shall not exceed 0.5 per cent. Sand for concrete and backfill shall comply with the

minimum requirements of NYSDOT. Aggregates shall be supplied from approved NYSDOT sources.

1.8.6 Coarse Aggregate

Coarse aggregate for concrete work shall be screened gravel or other material approved by the

Authority according to ASTM C33 and shall be free from clay, chalk, dust, earth soluble sulphates,

organic and other deleterious matter and of flat, flaky or elongated particles. The sulphate content as

SO3 shall be nil. Coarse aggregate for concrete and aggregates for backfill shall satisfy the minimum

requirements of NYSDOT.

1.8.7 Deposition of Concrete

Deposition of concrete shall not be commenced until the Authority inspects and approves the

shuttering and any reinforcement etc. against which the concrete is to be placed. The concrete

immediately after being mixed, before the initial set has taken place, shall be carefully transported

and deposited into position in regular layers. It shall be thoroughly consolidated and compacted

against any shuttered faces and throughout its mass and around any objects to be embedded in the

concrete by means of suitable rammers and spares, or if allowed or required by the Authority, by

means of approved mechanical vibrators until the concrete assumes a jelly- like consistency, care

being taken during the forgoing operations not to disturb any shuttering or displace any objects to be

embedded. During transit and separation of the coarse material from the finer material of the

concrete and if, in the opinion of the Authority, any separation of the various materials has taken

place; the concrete shall be again turned over and mixed just before it is finally rammed in position.

The receptacles and chutes used for transport and deposition of concrete shall be kept clean washed

out after stopping work and the end of each shift. The operation of depositing concrete is to be

continuous so far as is practicable, until the section authorizes by the Authority has been completed

to the height required. All work shall be completed on the concrete once the initial set commences

and care shall be taken not to disturb the concrete until it has set hard. Concrete generally shall not

be deposited from a height greater than 3 feet, but should contain sections of the work require the

concrete to be deposited from a greater height (it shall be deposited in such a way as to avoid

segregation of the materials and ensures and unbroken stream of concrete, such means being

subject to the approval of the Authority). The specifications for the concrete including its placement




CPR 1553 0

Page 9

shall be part of the specifications to be prepared by the Contractor shall satisfy the requirements of

ACI, ASTM, NYSBC, NYSDOT and other applicable codes and standards.

1.8.8 Concrete Mixing, Compaction and Curing

Mechanical mixers shall be used for concrete mixing. The concrete shall be discharged from the

mixer and transported by means that shall be approved by the Authority and which shall prevent

adulteration, segregation or loss of ingredients and ensure that the concrete is of the required

workability at the point and time of placing. The concrete surfaces shall be uniform, and free from

surface craze or excessive dusting. Experienced operators shall use approved power-driven

vibrators of the immersion type for concrete compaction. The finished concrete shall be cured by

covering by a layer of sacking, canvas, straw mats or washed sand, maintained continuously wet.

Controlled curing shall be maintained for at least ten days, after which time the concrete shall remain

covered for a further four days. The Authority shall retain the right to undertake any concrete tests at

any time prior to the placement of concrete and reject any batch of concrete that fails such tests and

at the cost of the Contractor. Concrete specifications shall clearly state all requirements and approved

by the Authority.

1.8.9 Form Work and Concrete Finishes

Formwork shall always be used while pouring concrete, including in foundations, trenches and any

part adjacent to earth. Forms shall be free from defects and so constructed that the concrete can be

properly placed and compacted with vibrators maintaining the stability of the formwork and the

tightness of the joints. When fair face concrete is required, the forms shall consist of plywood of very

smooth face as directed by the Authority. The exposed surface shall have the best appearance and

alignment free of board marks. The form shall be fixed to the structure by approved means and joints

shall include an approved water stop to prevent leakage. Prior to placement of second stage

concrete, or concrete at a joint face, the first stage concrete or joint face shall be scabbed, dusted

clean and coated with a suitable bonding agent. The use of internal metal ties shall not be allowed for

the walls. Any defective concrete will be rejected. Plastering of defective concrete, as a means of

making good will not be permitted, all exposed edges and exposed internal angles and corners of

concrete members shall have chamfers of minimum dimension 1x1 inch.

1.8.10 Metal Work

The Contractor shall develop detailed specifications of new metals or modification on the existing

metals and submit to the Authority for review and approval. All metals and metal work components

whether fabricated on or off site shall have a highest grade material and finish and be free from scale,

rust, damage or other defects. Components shall be properly assembled and jointed in a neat and

functional manner. Welded connections shall be ground off as necessary to present a clean smooth

finish.. The contractor shall develop specifications for lead based paint removal and disposal to the

final satisfaction and approval of Authority’s Environment and Safety. Where new paint or repainting

of any metal is required, the specification shall be prepared up to the satisfaction and approval of the

Authority and the work shall be completed to satisfy all requirements of the specifications. Hangers




CPR 1553 0

Page 10

and supports, whether temporary or permanent, shall be engineered, supplied and installed per the

applicable codes and standards.

1.8.11 Working with the Authority’s existing structures.

Existing structures supporting new equipment or modification of any nature shall be evaluated with

non-destructive methods as much as possible prior to imposing new loads. Contractor shall develop

clear plans and design documents (drawings, specifications, calculations, bill of materials) on what

work is to be proposed on the existing structure. Structural integrity of the existing structure due to the

addition of new loads shall be properly evaluated based on the latest applicable codes and design

loads, including seismic and documented with the reinforcement or replacement as needed and

approved with seals by New York State Professional Engineer (PE). Prior to drilling of existing

concrete foundations, the contractor shall x-ray the foundations to avoid interferences of existing

rebar and embedded conduits. The plans and design documents will be reviewed and commented by

the Authority. These documents shall be revised until they are approved by the Authority.

1.8.12 Working with the new structure.

Where completely new structure is required for this project, Contractor shall develop clear plans and

design documents (drawings, specifications, calculations, bill of materials) based on the latest

applicable codes and design loads, including seismic and approved with seals by New York State

Professional Engineer (PE). The plans and design documents will be reviewed and commented by

the Authority. These documents shall be revised until they are approved by the Authority.

1.8.13 Design Criteria for the Loadings on Civil Structural Components.

The Contractor under this contract shall develop a design criteria based on the applicable codes and

standards for the loading and get the Authority approval before the design begins. In addition to the

applicable code requirements, contractor shall use 1.5” ice load while designing structures in NYPA’s

Northern Region. Any modification in the design criteria shall be approved by the Authority.

31

ATTACHMENT G – SENSOR DEPLOYMENT PHASE I – 90% DESIGN SENY & CENTRAL

32

ATTACHMENT H – SENSOR DEPLOYMENT PHASE I – 90% DESIGN WESTERN & NORTHERN

33

ATTACHMENT I ‐ SCHEDULE

34

ATTACHMENT J – SCHEDULE OF VALUES

35

ATTACHMENT K – 2018 OUTAGE SCHEDULE

36

ATTACHMENT L ‐ CIP ATTRIBUTES

Attribute Description Alpha‐numeric

Value

Section Level

RSEC_KEY SECONDARY RELAYING PURPOSE systemRSEC_SYS SECONDARY RELAYING SYSTEM USE systemRSEC_TYPE SECONDARY RELAYING TYPE systemPASSWORD_RESET PASSWORD RESET FROM DEFAULT? (YES, NO, N/

C (NOT CAPABLE))

YES CIPBASE Asset

EVENT_LOGGING_ENABLE IS THE LOGGING OF SECURITY EVENTS ENABLED?

(YES, NO, N/C (NOT CAPABLE))

NO CIPBASE Asset

CAP_LOG_SUCCESS DOES THE DEVICE HAVE CAPABILITY TO LOG SEC

URITY EVENTS ‐

DETECT SUCCESSFUL LOGIN ATTEMPTS? (YES/N

O)

YES CIPBASE Asset

CAP_LOG_FAIL DOES THE DEVICE HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO LOG

SYSTEM SECURITY EVENTS ‐

FAILED ACCESS ATTEMPTS? (YES/NO)

NO CIPBASE Asset

CAP_LOG_EVENTFAIL DOES THE DEVICE HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO LOG

SYSTEM SECURITY EVENTS ‐

FAILED LOGIN ATTEMPTS? (YES/NO)

NO CIPBASE Asset

CAP_LOG_EVENTMAL DOES THE DEVICE HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO LOG

SYSTEM SECURITY EVENTS‐

DETECTED MALICIOUS CODE? (YES/NO)

NO CIPBASE Asset

CAP_LOG_STORAGE CAN THE LOGGED SECURITY EVENTS BE STORED

LOCALLY ON THE DEVICE AND RETRIEVED? (YES/

NO)

YES CIPBASE Asset

CAP_PASS_MAXLENGTH WHAT IS THE DEVICE PASSWORD MAXIMUM LEN

GTH?

3 CIPBASE Asset

CAP_PASS_COMPLEX PASSWORD COMPLEXITY (UPPER ALPHA, LOWER

ALPHA, NUMERIC, NON‐

ALPHA) OR DEVICE MAXIMUM.

ALPHA, NUMER

IC, SPECIAL

CIPBASE Asset

CAP_PASS_REQLENGTH CAN THE DEVICE SUPPORT ENFORCEMENT OF PA

SSWORD LENGTH REQUIREMENT? (YES/NO)

NO CIPBASE Asset

CAP_PASS_REQCOMPLEX CAN THE DEVICE SUPPORT ENFORCEMENT OF PA

SSWORD COMPLEXITY REQUIREMENT? (YES/NO)

NO CIPBASE Asset

FIRMWARE_INSTALLED FIRMWARE INSTALLED? IF YES, VERSION. (i.e. XY

Z‐123456789‐ABC)

CIPBASE Asset

ASSET_TYPE CYBER ASSET TYPE (CA, BCA, EAP, PCA) BCA CIPBASE AssetPATCH_NOTIFICATION_SOURCE WHAT IS THE SOURCE FOR THE PATCH NOTIFICA

TION PROCESS FOR THIS BCA?

SECUNIA, VEND

OR

CIPBASE Asset

CYBER_SYSTEM_TYPE CYBER SYSTEM TYPE (CS, BCS, EACMS, IS, PACS) BCS CIPBASEsystem

CYBER_SYSTEM_IMPACT_RATING CYBER SYSTEM GENERATED IMPACT RATING BAS

ED ON TOOL EVALUATION (HIGH, MEDIUM, LOW

, N/A).

Medium CIPBASE

systemIROL INTERCONNECTION RELIABILITY OPERATING LIMI

T

GF5‐35 CIPBASEsystem

CYBER_CONNECTIVITY HOW IS THIS CONNECTED? N/A CIPBASE systemIP_ADDRESS DOES DEVICE HAVE ACTIVE IP ADDRESS ENABLED

FOR NETWORKING? IF YES, LIST TCP/IP ADDRES

S(ES).

N/A CIPBASENW Asset

CAP_NET_MASKADD DOCUMENT THE NETWORK MASK FOR EACH NET

WORK ADDRESS.

N/A CIPBASENW Asset

CAP_NET_ROUTES DOCUMENT THE NETWORK ROUTES CONFIGURE

D ON THE DEVICE.

N/A CIPBASENW Asset

NET_SWITCH_NAME ONLY APPLICABLE FOR NETWORKING. N/A CIPBASENW AssetSWITCH_PORT ONLY APPLICABLE FOR NETWORKING. N/A CIPBASENW AssetMAC_ADDRESS ONLY APPLICABLE FOR NETWORKING. N/A CIPBASENW AssetDEFAULT_GATEWAY ONLY APPLICABLE FOR NETWORKING. N/A CIPBASENW AssetEXCEPTION_NAME TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE (ANTI‐

VIRUS, PORTS, ETC.).

N/A CIPBASENW Asset

EXCEPTION_ACTIVE EXCEPTION ACTIVE? (YES/NO) NO CIPBASENW AssetEXCEPTION_TERMINATION_DATE EXCEPTION TERMINATION DATE. N/A CIPBASENW AssetEXCEPTION_COMMENTS EXCEPTION COMMENTS. N/A CIPBASENW AssetLOGICALPORTS_BASELINE_LIST LIST ALL LOGICAL PORTS ON DEVICE. N/A CIPBASENW AssetLOGICALPORTS_BASELINE_ENABLED LIST ALL LOGICAL ENABLED PORTS ON THE DEVIC

E.

N/A CIPBASENW Asset

PORTS_BASELINE_LIST LIST ALL PHYSICAL PORTS ON DEVICE. (USB, SERI

AL, FIBER, NETWORK, DIALUP, ETC.)

1 SERIAL CIPCONFIG Asset

Attribute Description Alpha‐numeric

Value

Section Level

PORTS_BASELINE_ENABLED LIST ALL PHYSICAL ENABLED PORTS ON THE DEVI

CE.

CIPCONFIG Asset

PORTS_BASELINE_DISABLED ARE ALL UNNECCESSARY PHYSICAL PORTS DISABL

ED? (LIST PROTECTION TYPE IF REQUIRED)

4 CIPCONFIG Asset

PSP_NAME PSP/PSA IN WHICH THE ASSET IS LOCATED, IF AP

PLICABLE.

RELAY BUILDIN

G TONE AND C

ARRIER ROOM

CIPCONFIG Asset

ESP_NAME ESP IN WHICH THE ASSET IS LOCATED, IF APPLICA

BLE.

CIPCONFIG Asset

CAP_LOG_EVENTSYS CAN THE DEVICE SEND SECURITY EVENTS TO A R

EMOTE LOGGING SYSTEM? (YES/NO)

NO CIPCONFIG Asset

CAP_ACC_INDIVID DOES THE DEVICE SUPPORT INDIVIDUAL USER AC

COUNTS? (YES/NO)

NO CIPCONFIG Asset

CAP_LOG_EVENTLOCK DOES THE DEVICE LOCK‐

OUT ON MULTIPLE FAILED LOGIN ATTEMPTS? (Y

ES/NO)

NO CIPCONFIG Asset

GEN_COMMENTS GENERAL COMMENTS. CIPCONFIG AssetASPEN_ID ASPEN ID IF AVAILABLE FOR THE CYBER ASSET. CIPCONFIG AssetDECOMMISSION_CLEAN DATE WHEN THE ASSET WAS SANITIZED POST DE

COMMISSIONING

CIPCONFIG Asset

NYPA_OWNED_ASSET ASSET OWNERSHIP (WHO OWNS, WHO MAINTAI

NS)

NYPA CIPCONFIG Asset

THIRD_PARTY_ASSET_ID THIRD PARTY ASSET ID. N/A CIPCONFIG AssetLOGICALPORTS_BASELINE_DISABLED ARE ALL UNNECESSARY LOGICAL PORTS DISABLE

D?

N/A CIPCONFIG Asset

BUILDING_DRAWING_NUMBER DRAWING # OF THE BUILDING, IDENTIFIES PSP'S

AND ESP'S (ESP=PSP FOR NON‐

NETWORKED RELAYS).

CIPCONFIG

system

37

ATTACHMENT M – CAD REQUIREMENTS

Appendix F (12/7/16)

Computer Aided Design Requirements for NYPA Drawings Page 1 of 3

APPENDIX “M”

Computer Aided Design Requirements for New York Power Authority Drawings

General Information:

1. The following requirements shall apply to Computer Aided Design (CAD) drawings furnished to theNew York Power Authority (NYPA) by Architecture, Engineering & Construction (AEC) firms, theirsubcontractors or other external resources hired by NYPA for the development of new and/or revisionof existing design drawings.

2. Design drawings that depict facility modifications and installations shall be developed using NYPAsupplied concurrent engineering copies, also referred to as “clones”. These are controlled copies offacility record drawings that are created, numbered and formatted to NYPA standards. Clonedrawings are created by the respective facility drafting department and are provided to externalresources for the development of new and/or revision of existing design drawings.

3. A list of affected drawings shall be identified by the external resource. The list of affected drawingsshall be provided to the Drafting Supervisor in a timely fashion to allow for the creation of concurrentengineering copies. For each requested drawing, two concurrent engineering copies will be created;one to be used for demolition and one for construction/modification.

4. In addition to the requested clone drawings, instructional materials will also be provided to theexternal resource to assist in the development of their design package per NYPA standards and inaccordance with this document.

CAD Drawing Requirements:

5. All Computer Aided Design drawings shall be created and/or modified using officially licensed andcurrently supported AutoCAD software from Autodesk, Inc.

6. All raster images in existing hybrid drawings (combination of raster and CAD vector information) shallbe edited using officially licensed and currently supported versions of Raster Design from Autodesk,Inc.

7. Drawings shall not be created or edited using other CAD related applications and then translated orconverted into AutoCAD format unless approved in advance by NYPA’s Director of Design & Draftingor designee.

8. All models in AutoCAD drawings shall be drawn at full scale in Model Space. All viewports in PaperSpace shall be scaled to the noted view scale as depicted below the view name or as shown in the titleblock.

9. All geometry and annotation associated with the drawing model shall be placed in Model Space withthe exception of general notes, reference drawing lists, legends and view labels which shall be placedin Paper Space.



10. Only the standard line types, shape files and fonts installed by AutoCAD shall be used when creating

new drawings or editing existing NYPA drawings.

11. All AutoCAD objects shall be drawn with Color, Linetype, Lineweight and Plot Style properties set to ByLayer conforming to the legend provided on the clone drawing.

12. Red shall be used to depict modification, green for demolition, cyan for construction notes and black

for existing details. Other colors shall not be used without prior approval from NYPA’s Director of Design & Drafting or designee.

13. All drawing text shall be Romans.shx font and sized to correspond to 0.1000 height and 0.9000 width in Paper Space. This shall be used on all text and dimensions placed in Model Space. The only exception is for section, view and list descriptions where the standard height shall be 0.1875.

14. All layers shall be turned on and thawed with the exception of the X‐TBLOCK layer which shall remain frozen. The X‐TBLOCK layer is only used for concurrent engineering copies of original facility drawings.

15. AutoCAD blocks shall not be exploded.

16. CAD drawing files shall only contain one layout tab. Prior approval by NYPA’s Director of Design & Drafting or designee is required if multiple layout tabs are deemed necessary to accurately depict portions of the whole model.

17. All external references in AutoCAD drawings shall be converted to standard local AutoCAD block definitions using the Insert method.

18. NYPA shall provide the AutoCAD plot style files associated with the requested drawings. The plot style file (NYPA.stb) shall not be altered in any way or substituted. NYPA drawings use the named plot style convention. No AutoCAD objects from a color based AutoCAD drawing shall be inserted into a NYPA drawing without prior conversion to the named plot style convention.

19. Drawing units are inch‐pound and auxiliary orthographic projections shall be third angle.

20. The type and location of the planned design change may require specific guidance from NYPA’s

Design/Drafting Supervisors at the respective site where the files are managed. Examples include, but are not limited to, changes to line lists, valve lists or cable and conduit schedules.

21. Requests for new drawing numbers shall be directed to NYPA’s Design/Drafting Supervisors at the respective site where the files are managed.

Submittal Requirements:

22. Hardcopy drawing submissions shall include a set of plotted drawings that include inked approvals and a New York State (NYS) Professional Engineer (P.E.) wet or embossed seal.



23. Electronic CAD files (.dwg) shall have the NYS Professional Engineer seal as an electronic facsimile or represented as text with the State’s name, Engineer’s name, License number and approval date in the space provided on each drawing for P.E. Seals.

24. Electronic CAD files (.dwg) shall be sent to NYPA for each approved submittal of bid, construction and

record (as built) drawings. This shall include any subsequent revisions.

25. Individual portable document format (.pdf) files shall be provided for each CAD drawing along with a multi‐page design web format (.dwf) of all drawings issued. The PDF/DWF files shall be created in full size without scaling. NYPA drawings typically conform to size Arch E1 (30” x 42”) or as indicated on the layout tab.

26. A list of all submitted drawings shall be provided in a spreadsheet format (Microsoft Excel .XLS or equivalent) that contains the drawing number, original issue date, current revision number, and complete drawing title.

27. Electronic storage media (CD/DVD) containing AutoCAD and PDF files shall be clearly marked with the Vendor’s name, NYPA Project name, NYPA Facility name and NYPA Contract number. The disc shall contain a full set of complete AutoCAD drawings including all approval signatures shown in AutoCAD text format.

28. Transmittals of hard copy drawings and storage media shall be delivered to the individual identified in the contract agreement. These requirements apply to drawings furnished for contract closeout or as record documentation.

29. Officially signed and P.E. sealed hardcopy plots shall not contain any other manually entered content other than signatures and wet seal.

30. Drawings and/or electronic files shall not contain any copyrighted information or entities which NYPA has not been granted full rights for use.

31. In accordance with NYPA’s Configuration Management policy and procedures, any deviation to authorized design documents that result in a field modification affecting the original design intent requires a Change Request approved by the Engineer of Record or authorized designee prior to final implementation. All Change Requests shall be submitted to the NYPA representative identified in the contract agreement for final disposition prior to the commencement of any installation/modification activities.

32. Changes to previously released concurrent engineering copies (“clones”) shall be identified with a revision cloud and a numbered triangle corresponding to the respective revision. The description in the revision block shall reference the change request number provided by the NYPA representative.

33. Final record drawings shall be submitted to NYPA within 60 days of construction completion and shall be in accordance with the requirements of this document. As built drawings shall depict the actual field conditions related to the modification and include all approved deviations/changes.

34. Any questions or exceptions related to the aforementioned requirements shall be submitted to NYPA’s Director of Design & Drafting prior to the commencement of any design drawing work.

38

ATTACHMENT N – QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM

Quality Assurance Program & Welding/ Brazing and Non Destructive Testing Requirements

1. Organization & Authority & Quality Assurance /Control Programs The Contractor shall submit with the bid proposal for the Authority’s review and approval, as a minimum, a Quality Assurance Program that is in conformance with the latest ISO 9001 program requirements.

2. Facility Access

The Authority and/ or designated representatives shall have full access to the Contractor’s facilities (engineering and manufacturing), as well as those facilities of its subcontractors and suppliers, if required, for the purpose of assessing the implementation of, and conformance to the quality requirements, and to perform a quality audit, witness or verify inspection and tests.

3. Shop Inspection

As used herein, the term “Authority Quality Assurance Representative (AQAR)” shall mean the Authority’s employee(s) and /or assigned Quality representative, and /or Authority’s Engineering’s representative assigned to witness the inspections, perform quality audits and /or witness test(s) for verification of work at the manufacturer’s facilities or those of its subcontractors. Such personnel have the right to any information and provide copies of any quality/fabrication related information as is necessary to determine progress of engineering, procurement, production and verification of completed work along with any related test /inspection verification records.

4. Authority Participation in Inspection/Test Verification/ Audit The Authority reserves the right to participate in inspection, test or audits at the Contractor’s facility relating to the contracted work/services provide under this contract.

5. Quality Control Inspection Test and Manufacturing Plan

Within 45 days after award of contract and prior to any release of procurement of materials, engineering or fabrication of contracted work, the Contractor shall submit a controlled copy of its Quality Assurance/ Quality Control/Inspection Program System along with any addendums/supplements necessary to their QA/QC Inspection programs in order to comply with all of our specification requirements. In addition a detailed sequential manufacturing plan specific for this contracted work (may also be defined as process sheets, work plans, fabrication plans, travelers, production schedule, construction procedures, etc.) shall be submitted at the same time for the purpose of planning Authority witness and hold points.

6. Witness & Hold Points

Subsequent to the receipt of Contractors manufacturing, inspection, test plan the Authority shall determine and identify those witness and hold points which shall be required for this contracted work/service. These witness/hold points shall be incorporated into the Contractors production schedule and manufacturing inspection and test plan and resubmitted to the Authority for review and approval.

- Definition of Witness Points Inspection witness points are those inspections for which 10 (10) Working days notice must be given by the Contractor to the Authority, but do not require the Vendor/Contractor to hold up on the performance of inspection or test if the Authority’s Quality Assurance Representative (AQAR) is not available to witness performance.

- Definition of Hold Points Inspection hold points are those inspection points beyond which work shall not proceed without the specific consent of the AQAR. Consent to waive specified hold points shall be recorded prior to continuation to work beyond the designated hold points. If any inspection or test operation designated as a hold point does not have the requisite witnessing by the AQAR, unless a waive has been granted in writing, the Contractor faces rejection of the work by the Authority and must repeat the inspection or test for the AQAR before the work can be considered acceptable. Examples of hold points would be hydrostatic testing, functional test, significant/complex fabrication operations & tests and site commissioning. A (10) working day notice is required to be given by the Contractor to the Authority on hold points. The following are the minimum notification points for witness (W) and hold points (H) as applicable:

a. Factory Acceptance Testing - H

b. In-process Welding – W

c. Any NDE, such as PT, MT, UT – H

d. Final Site Commissioning Test – H

Additional witness and hold points may be selected and required by the Authority after review of Inspection and Test Plan(s)

NOTE: All witness and hold points shall not fall within three days of an official United States or New York State Holiday.

7. Non-Conformance – Reports & Disposition

The Contractor shall document methods for disposition of items and performance that do not meet contract documents requirements, or Authority approval drawings, procedures, or drawings the Vendor uses to fabricate the equipment. These methods shall contain provision for:

1. Evaluation of non-conforming items 2. Submittal of all non-conformance notices to the Authority. These submittals

shall include supplier – recommended disposition (e.g. use- as – is or repair) and technical justification, and shall be approved by the Authority

8. Shipping Release

For each shipment made to the site, the contractor will present to the Authority a signed letter of Compliance fully identifying the product to be shipped and certifying that all contract specifications have been fully adhered to, except as noted by referenced nonconformance shall be included. One (1) copy of the Letter of Compliance must accompany each shipment. No shipment shall be made until released by an Authority Representative.

Workmanship Welding/Brazing and Non Destructive Testing

Workmanship

1. The work shall be performed by personnel skilled in their various trades. Welding and brazing shall be performed only by trained and qualified personnel in accordance with the latest revisions to qualified welding/brazing procedures and this specification.

Welding/ Brazing

1. All welded construction shall be suitable for outdoor equipment. 2. The qualification of welding procedures, welders, and welding operators for all

welding shall conform to AWSD1.1, “Structural Welding Code – Steel” or ASME Section IX, as applicable. All welding procedure specifications (WPS), procedure qualifications records, and welder qualifications shall be submitted for NYPA Q.A. review and approval.

3. The Authority (at the Contractors expense) has the right to verify any contractors’ welders’ qualifications by having their welder(s) weld up AWS D1.1. weld test coupons. The Authority will only select the Contractors’ welders that are assigned to weld on this project. Test coupon samples shall be welded in the presence of the Authority and prepared by the Contractor for testing. The Authority shall use these coupons to verify welder qualifications. No welder shall be allowed to work unless he has passed an Authority bend tests and visual examination.

4. Supplemental Requirements for Welding 4.1 Welding Processes – Welding shall be performed by one or more of the

following processes: - Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)- except that SMAW of

aluminum shall not be permitted - Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) - Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW) with filler metal added - Gas Metal – Arc welding (GMAW) only for aluminum welding and no short circuiting or globular mode of transfer shall be permitted - Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) with externally supplied shielding

gas only 4.2 Weld End Preps shall be clean bare metal. Any rust inhibitor or preventative coating on these areas to be welded is to be fully removed prior to welding.

4.3 Any welding of galvanized steel requires removal of galvanized coating prior to welding and reapplication of a NYPA approved galvanized coatings after welding is completed. This requires a procedure and product applicator approval by NYPA.

4.4 All weld spatter is required to be removed from base metal and completed welds.

4.5 Welding Materials Control - Contractor shall install controls for all weld filler materials. The controls

shall be documented in a welding material control procedure that is submitted to the Authority for review and approval.

- The use (temporary or permanent welding) and storage of 6010 Weld Rod on any NYPA welding work is not allowed to be used or stored on site.

- The procedure shall provide for the following: Positive identification of all filler materials, weld ovens and

portable weld ovens Segregation of filler materials by classification, alloy, size and

type Weld Wire/Rods Storage, Documented Distribution Controls

and Handling in the field and shop areas Controls for Welding Ovens and for Portable Welding Ovens

e.g. Distribution controls, Calibration controls for temperature monitoring instrumentation

Any weld rod not stored in a hermetically sealed can shall be stored in welding oven

o Weld/Brazing Map Records

4.6 Contractor shall provide weld/braze map records that specifically identifies the new or repaired weld joint identification, date the weld joint was completed, location of the weld joints, NDE and date that it was completed. - All weld maps’ records as a minimum will be documented on approved NYPA P & I Drawings on structural/mechanical

drawings for structural welds that will depict the location of the welded joint.

- Contractor shall submit a typical weld map record for NYPA Q.A. approval. Any changes requested by NYPA Q.A. to the Contractor proposed typical weld/braze map arrangement requested shall be made

with no increase in costs.

5.0 All welds for lifting lugs or other lifting means shall be 100% inspected by Liquid Penetrant Inspection.

6.0 Brazing procedure and personnel qualification shall be in accordance with the latest

edition of AWS B2.2, Specification for Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification. All applicable brazing procedure specifications (BPS), procedure qualifications records (BPQR), and brazing performance qualifications records shall be submitted for NYPA Q.A. review and approval.

7.0 Any Welder(s) performing any structural welding within the jurisdiction of New York City Building Code shall be required to have an additional valid New York

City Welder’s license.

NDE Qualifications and Qualifications of Examination and Testing Personnel Responsibility 1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that only those personnel

within its organization who meet the requirements established herein are

permitted to perform inspection, examination, and testing activities that result in or assure the attainment of quality. It shall also be the Contractor’s responsibility

to comply with the procedure and instructions issued for the work and to the requirements established therein

Certification

1. Each person who verifies conformance of work activities to quality requirements shall be certified by their employer as being qualified to perform their assigned work. This certification shall be supported by appropriate measure such as education or training, evaluation and periodic review to assure the initial and continued proficiency of each person. The effective period of certification shall be established and at the end of the effective period of certification, each individual shall be re-certified in accordance with the requirements of these criteria. Personnel involved in the performance, evaluation, or supervision of nondestructive examinations, shall be certified in accordance with the requirements specified in American society for Non –Destructive Testing- Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1a and supplements for the type of NDE being performed.

Records 1. A file of records of personnel qualification shall be established and maintained by

the Contractor throughout the employee’s period of work activities at the Work Site. The file shall contain records of past performance history, training, initial and periodic evaluations and certifications of the qualifications of each person.

NDE 1. Personnel involved in the performance, evaluation, or supervision of nondestructive

examinations, including radiography, ultrasonic, penetrant, magnetic particle, or eddy current must meet the requirements specified in SNT-TC-1a and supplements.

2. All weld visual examinations shall be performed by an AWS Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) with at least a minimum of 7 years of documented experience.

3. All visual examinations, magnetic particle examinations, liquid penetrant examinations, eddy current, ultrasonic examinations that are to be performed shall be performed on uncoated (No Paint), rust free, clean bare metal surfaces. All metal surfaces to be examined will have all rust inhibitor removed also.

4. For any temporary tacks and arc strikes will be required to be removed and after removal shall be NDE tested by visually examination and liquid penetrant examination to verify no cracks or linear indications are present.

39

ATTACHMENT O – VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM SCOPE

Authority Vibration / Data, Acquisition, Monitoring and Analysis System 02/01/2018 Rev: 0


Operations – Support Services – Mechanical Engineering Page 2 of 30

Contents

PART 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 3

1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................ 3

1.2 SITE LOCATIONS BY REGIONS .............................................................................................. 3

1.3 PROJECT BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION ....................................................................... 4

1.4 PROJECT SCOPE OF SERVICES .............................................................................................. 6

1.5 SYSTEM 1 CONDITION MONITORING AND AUTOMATED DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE ........ 8

1.6 EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATIONS .................................................................................. 10

1.7 WORK / ITEMS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............................................................. 11

1.8 WORK / ITEMS PROVIDED BY SUBCONTRACTORS (IF APPLICABLE)............................... 13

1.9 WORK / ITEMS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORITY ................................................................ 13

1.10 CODES AND STANDARDS .................................................................................................... 14

1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE ......................................................................................................... 15

1.12 ADDITIONAL PROJECT DATA .............................................................................................. 17

1.13 APPENDICES ......................................................................................................................... 17




PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

A. This Scope of Services Specification establishes the minimum technical requirements for the

Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) of a comprehensive Vibration & Data

Acquisition, Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System herein “vibration system”. The scope

of these services shall be performed for the New York Power Authority, herein “Authority”. All

work as part of this scope shall be within the following Authority regions:

1. South East New York region, herein “SENY”. This region encompasses the Authority’s

fossil power plants, located throughout New York City and Long Island. A full list of

this region’s nine affected facilities and their associated addresses are listed below in

Section 1.2.

2. Central Region, herein specifically our Blenheim Gilboa Project “BG”.

3. Northern Region, herein specifically our St. Lawrence Project, “STL”.

4. Western Region, herein two facilities, Robert Moses Niagara Power Project “RMNPP”

and Lewiston Pump Generating Project “LPGP”.

B. It is not the Authority's intent to specify all technical requirements or to set forth those

requirements adequately covered by applicable codes, regulations and industrial standards.

Contractor shall assess the systems, meeting all of the requirements of this Specification and

applicable industry standards and applicable Codes and Regulations.

C. Any exceptions to this Specification, or its referenced codes, regulations and standards shall be

listed on a separate sheet to be submitted with the bid response documentation and are subject to

agreement between the Authority and the Contractor in writing prior to Contract Award.

1.2 SITE LOCATIONS BY REGIONS

A. SOUTH EAST NEW YORK (SENY)

1. Poletti Power Project

500 MW 31st Street & 20th Avenue, Astoria, NY 11105

2. Small Clean Power Plants (SCPP)

Hell Gate (HG) 910E 134th Street / Locus Ave, Bronx, NY 10454

Harlem River (HR) 132nd Street / Saint Ann’s, Bronx, NY 10454

Vernon (VN) 42-30 Vernon Blvd, Long Island City, NY 11101

Kent (KT) 47-79 River Street / North 1st, Brooklyn, NY 11211

Gowanus (GW) 730 3rd Ave / 23rd, Brooklyn, NY 11232

Pouch (PT) 143 Edgewater, Staten Island, NY 10305




3. Richard M. Flynn Power Project

Flynn 607 Union Ave., Holtsville, NY 11742

Brentwood (BW) 995 G Road, Brentwood, NY 11717

B. CENTRAL REGION

1. Blenheim Gilboa Project (BG)

397 Power Plant Access Rd, Gilboa, NY 12076

C. NORTHERN REGION

1. St. Lawrence Power Project (STL)

Robert Moses Power Dam, Massena, NY 13662

D. WESTERN REGION

1. Robert Moses Niagara Power Project (RMNPP)

5777 Lewiston Road, Lewiston NY 14092

2. Lewiston Pump Generating Project (LPGP)

5777 Lewiston Road, Lewiston NY 14092

1.3 PROJECT BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION

A. The Authority has many vital power producing pieces of rotating equipment within its hydro and

fossil fleet. These critical pieces of equipment and some of the equipment within their auxiliary

systems, have various Vibration / Data Acquisition and monitoring devices & tools. Since

vibration data plays a crucial role in both the proactive and reactive analysis of rotating

equipment anomalies it is imperative that a proactive approach be taken to properly maintain,

upgrade and enhance the system.

B. All of the Authority’s listed regions, predominantly utilize Bently Nevada vibration hardware to

acquire vibration data. At some locations the Bently Nevada hardware is exclusively used and at

other locations Bently Nevada hardware is used in conjunction with other third party systems (to

be discussed further herein). This project shall not stray from the use of Bently Nevada

hardware, as we shall be maintaining companywide consistency.




C. The primary objective of this project is to provide the Authority’s facilities with the latest

monitoring, acquisition and analysis / diagnostic vibration suite. The data acquired shall be

ported to the latest Bently Nevada System 1 Condition Monitoring and Automated Diagnostic

System, herein “System 1” and utilized by both the individual facilities and the Authority’s

Integrated Smart Operation Center (iSOC), located in the White Plains Office (WPO), to move

towards a greater proactive vs. reactive asset management approach. GE’s Enterprise Impact

“EI” which is currently slated for integration into our current diagnostic system infrastructure,

throughout the Authority, by our GE Digital partnership, shall be the conduit to transfer the

System 1 data to the APM Cloud for enhanced diagnostics in the future.

D. The SENY region’s combustion and steam turbine and generators have varying degrees of the

Bently Nevada 3300 and 3500 Series Condition Acquisition / Monitoring Equipment. Appendix

I is an attempt at detailing the extent of existing equipment as well as our already in-progress

path, which in some cases requires additional evaluation and in some cases only the installation

and commissioning of already purchased equipment. Our desired path forward in some cases is

also detailed. Third party vibration systems (i.e. other than Bently Nevada) shall not be replaced.

The data within these systems shall be required to be imported, to be accessed for analysis and

diagnosis (to the extent possible) by the System 1 system.

E. The BG facilities’ 4 vertical hydro pump / generation turbines and generators have Bently

Nevada 3500 Series Condition Acquisition / Monitoring Equipment as well as a System 1

Condition Monitoring and Automated Diagnostic System. Appendix II is an attempt at detailing

the extent of the existing equipment as well as our desired path forward.

F. The STL facilities’ 16 vertical hydro turbines and generators have Bently Nevada 3500 Series

Condition Acquisition / Monitoring Equipment as well as a System 1 Condition Monitoring and

Automated Diagnostic System. STL also has an additional enhancements to the diagnostic

system as they have a jointly developed, NYPA / BN / IRIS, Hydro X rule pack suite. This suite

was developed to not only utilize vibration data for diagnostics but other critical electrical

machinery parameters, e.g. air gap, stator temperature, flux monitoring, etc. Appendix III is an

attempt at detailing the extent of the existing equipment as well as our desired path forward.

G. The Niagara (NIA) Projects’ two facilities RMNPP (13 vertical hydro turbines and generators)

and LPGP (12 vertical hydro pump / generation turbines and generators), have incorporated

vibration monitoring differently. All of the RMNPP turbine / generators have varying degrees of

the Bently Nevada 3300 and 3500 Series Condition Acquisition / Monitoring Equipment.

LPGP’s units either have Bently Nevada 3500 Series Condition Acquisition / Monitoring

Equipment or nothing at all. Appendix IV is an attempt at detailing the extent of the existing

equipment as well as our desired path forward.




1.4 PROJECT SCOPE OF SERVICES

A. The existing vibration system hardware for the pieces of equipment specifically listed in

Appendix I, II, III, and IV shall be assessed for all required System 1 upgrades.

1. This assessment shall include a complete vetting of all:

a. System components: This shall include and extend from the monitoring probes on

the rotating equipment, to the hardware on the acquisition, storage and monitoring

hardware (i.e. from shaft / casing to rack) Where applicable this shall also extend

to the System 1 servers already installed (BG / STL).

1) Equipment / component applicability, location / position and details of

installation methods (brackets / hangers / adhesive), wiring connection

labels / identification, firmware and software revision etc. shall be

reviewed.

2) Due to some of the hardware within casings and others interconnecting to

the facilities control systems, access for physical inspection and

subsequent work (installation / commissioning) activities will be limited to

available site outages. Visual inspection of accessible hardware while

online, shall be permitted on a case by case basis. This note shall apply to

all phases of the work scope herein.

b. Applicable system drawings: This shall include and extend, as above, from shaft /

casing to rack.

1) The Contractor shall utilize their expertise and the available

documentation to determine applicability of the hardware, if an opportune

time period cannot be scheduled for physical examination.

2. Technical synopsis report per each of the 4 Regions shall be presented to the Authority

for review. These four independent reports shall contain but are not limited to:

a. Summary of a complete System 1 package implementation. This shall include,

but is not limited to, an overview of the following topics: design, engineering,

procurement, factory acceptance testing, installation, commissioning,

documentation package, quality assurance & quality control.

b. A preliminary schedule of implementation shall be provided per region.

1) Schedule shall identify the specific activities to be performed with

durations.




2) Final interconnections shall require major facility equipment, i.e. turbine -

generators, to be in their non-power producing or dormant states.

Preliminary coordination with the sites shall take place during this stage of

the project to determine when demolition or new construction can occur as

to not disrupt normal operations.

c. Major project anomalies or hurdles foreseen shall be identified at this time as well

as the expected delays and potential resolutions.

3. On-site presentations shall be held with each of the above four regions to review the,

region specific reports, mentioned above.

4. Only after Authority review and approval of the technical reports, shall the project

proceed accordingly.

B. An upgrade path following Appendix I, II, III and IV shall be designed / engineered by the

Contractor. As the work progresses calculations, drawings (network, instrumentation

interconnections, instrumentation mounting details, etc.), etc., shall be submitted at 30%, 60%

and 90% intervals for Authority review and approval. The vibration system shall allow for both

local and remote data storage, analysis, diagnostics and monitoring utilizing System 1 and

eventually APM Cloud Diagnostics.

C. Appendix I - IV are overviews of the existing equipment as well as an overview of the proposed

path forward. Below is a top level summary of those Appendices.

1. The existing 3300 Series equipment shall be replaced with the latest generation 3500

Series equipment directly compatible with System 1.

2. The existing 3500 Series equipment not compatible with System 1 shall be replaced with

the latest generation 3500 Series equipment directly compatible with System 1.

3. Existing third party vibration systems (Vibrometer, VibroSysM, SKF, etc.) shall be

integrated, to the extent possible, into System 1. Contractor to recommend if there is a

more streamlined solution to incorporate these systems into our iSOC / Asset

Management Program.

4. Acquisition probes (accelerometers, velocity sensors, displacement sensors, etc.) which

are required to be replaced or are recommended to be replaced, relocated or removed due

to the Contractors evaluation, shall be presented for the Authority’s review and

acceptance prior to proceeding with any inclusion in the design.

5. Contractor can assess our existing configurations and future upgrade plans and provide

input on additional probes which are not currently installed or slated to be installed.

Background reasoning’s, documentation, examples, etc. shall be provided to aid in the

evaluation process.




6. The Authority is currently evaluating various non-vibration specific sensors / probes to be

incorporated into our various Turbine / Generator packages as part of our overall Sensor

Deployment Phase II Project. These pressure, temperature, etc. probes may be chosen to

be integrated into the Bently 3500 Rack due to their vicinity and capability to handle

general 4-20mA I/O signals. See Appendices II / III / IV for a sampling of these signals.

a. The Contractor shall be responsible to select these probes utilizing the parameters

provided in the overall Sensor Deployment Phase II Specification. Contractor can

recommend alternatives design parameters and implementation methods.

Contractor shall submit to the Authority, for review and approval, the cost and

schedule impact.

D. The necessary equipment which is determined to be required for this project per the engineered

solution shall be procured by the Contractor. This shall only occur after the necessary Stamped

and Sealed, 100% Final, documentation by a licensed Professional Engineer currently registered

in the State of New York has been reviewed, approved and released by the Authority.

1. All procured vibration system equipment (complete racks, individual rack card,

computer, network equipment, etc.) shall be fully factory tested prior to release. The

Authority shall be allowed the option of witnessing the testing of any or all components.

All calibrated devices shall be traceable to NIST standards and a copy of the calibration

records included with the equipment. Refer to Section 1.11 below for additional QA/QC

requirements.

E. The equipment procured shall be installed in accordance with the equipment manufacturer(s) (i.e.

Bently Nevada, Cisco, etc.), as well as the references listed in the Codes and Standards Section,

1.10 below.

F. The installed hardware and software for System 1 shall be commissioned per equipment

manufacture requirements. NYPA shall be the sole, full term license and warrantee holder upon

completion of the project.

G. All equipment and hardware procured as part of this project shall be new. Old, used, refurbished

or reconditioned equipment and hardware is not acceptable.

H. Upon completion of the project all applicable As-Built documentation and drawings shall be

signed and sealed by a licensed Professional Engineer currently registered in the State of New

York and turned over to the Authority for our records. The Contractor shall follow the

Authority’s Design and Drafting protocols, as referenced in Appendix “F” – “Computer Aided

Drawing Requirements for New York Power Authority”. OEM assembled O&M manuals

containing instruction manuals, testing reports / data as well as other ancillary documentation

shall also be turned over the Authority.

1.5 SYSTEM 1 CONDITION MONITORING AND AUTOMATED DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE

A. The software provided shall be provided in the US English language. Other language packages

shall not be required.

B. The software shall support five concurrent users at each of the four regions.




C. The software shall be capable of profiling different users and facility assets to allow access only

to the desired data, menus, graphical plots and displays, and alarms and events.

D. The software shall include integrated electronic documentation management, electronic operator

journal, and automated electronic report capabilities.

E. Software shall be the latest revision or edition, with the latest, at time of installation and

turnover, stable package of patches.

F. Supplied with the system shall be six copies (one per region plus two for headquarters) of the

Bently Nevada Machine Library & Data Acquisition Computer Based Training CD.

1. The Training CD is in addition to, not a replacement for, Physical Instructor Lead On-

Site training at the conclusion of the project as stated in Section 1.7 below.

G. The system shall store and display real time static and dynamic data from transient events (for

machines employing an online Continuous Monitoring & Protection System), steady state static

and dynamic data (for machines employing online continuous and scanning systems), and

periodic static and dynamic data.

H. Software shall provide continuous on-line machinery vibration data acquisition at configurable

time intervals of one second or longer, with selectable change-filtering feature for database size

optimization. The signal processing method must support a minimum 800 spectral lines and

high resolution data at 3200 spectral lines, with Fmax configurable from DC to 30kHz. The

system must be capable of automatically sampling more frequently for a set time period

surrounding (both before and after) alarm events, and automatically sampling at configurable

speed intervals during transient events (start-up and shut-down).

I. Diagnostic capabilities for Online Periodic Scanning or Portable Data Collection shall include

Synchronous waveform / Orbit analysis, Acceleration enveloping, and spectral resolution to

3200 lines, DC to 20kHz.

J. Vibration data captured shall be able to be visually analyzed within the software package via

multiple graph and chart styles, such as but not limited to Orbit, XY, Polar, Bode, Shaft Center

Line, Waterfall, and Cascade.

K. Data / Files shall be able to be exported for in-house and third party examination / use.

L. The software shall be able to incorporate a knowledge-based decision support root-cause fault

diagnostic rule library for automated detection and communication of commonly experienced

machinery fault conditions, including a customizable machine and process diagnostic rule

generator.

M. The Condition Monitoring Software Platform shall be capable of integration with other

machinery and process data systems (Vibrometer, VibroSysM, SKF, etc.) using standard

protocols, i.e. OPC.




1.6 EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Contractor shall:

1. Have a proven record of experience (minimum 10 years) in the engineering, design and

installation of various rotating and reciprocating machinery (pumps, compressors,

motors, gear boxes, turbines, etc.) vibration systems.

2. Have experience greater than or equal to the above in:

a. The analysis and reporting of various inherent rotating and reciprocating

equipment (combustion and steam turbines, gas compressors, gear boxes, etc.)

instabilities.

b. The full array of GE / Bently Nevada equipment and software, specifically the

3300 and 3500 Series Acquisition Equipment, the System 1 Condition Monitoring

and Diagnostic System and Enterprise Impact.

c. The application of the Bently Nevada Systems to a variety of Original Equipment

Manufacturers (OEM) equipment, such as but not limited to, General Electric

(GE) 7FA Combustion Turbines, GE D11 Steam Turbines, GE 7FH2 Generators

and other large Hydro Generators, Nuovo Pignone Compressors, GE LM6000

Aero Derivative Combustion Turbines, Siemens V84.2 Combustion Turbines,

Ingersoll Rand Compressor, Various (Alstom / Voith / Hitachi) Upgraded

Generation and Pump / Generation Hydro Turbines, etc.

d. Consolidation of various third party (Vibrometer, VibroSysM, SKF, etc.)

vibration monitoring and acquisition systems into the System 1 Condition

Monitoring and Diagnostic System.

e. Networking architecture in regards to a multi-site (large geographic area)

network. This includes knowledge of general power plant cyber security

protocols as well as NERC CIP (North American Electric Reliability Corporation

Critical Infrastructure Protection) protocols.

1) Note: The NERC CIP classification / ratings of these sites may in the

future interconnect with sites with the highest classification / rating.

3. Provide a reference list of the projects utilized as the basis of their experience with

contact numbers for the Authority’s due diligence inquiries.

a. Projects within New York State would be beneficial as the assessment team

would prefer to physically view examples.

4. Be responsible for providing qualified engineering and design services performed under

the supervision of a licensed Professional Engineer currently registered in the State of

New York.




1.7 WORK / ITEMS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR

A. The Contractor shall Engineer, Procure, Install, Test and Commission all of the, but not limited

to, tasks identified above, within Section 1.4, Project Scope of Services. Below are additional

particulars which shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

1. Requesting and Manipulating Clone Drawings

a. The Contractor will be required to manipulate Authority facility drawings per this

project. In order to do so, upon specific drawing request by the Contractor, the

Authority shall create Clone drawings. These Clones are copies of the latest

revisions of the facility drawings within the Authority’s system, to be utilized by

the Contractor to develop such drawings as Demolition and Installation drawings.

The Contractor shall follow the Authority’s Design and Drafting protocols, as

referenced in Appendix “F” – “Computer Aided Drawing Requirements for New

York Power Authority”. This document is located within Division 1 of the RFQ

Package.

b. New Contractor drawings furnished to the Authority shall require a request for a

Blank Template from the Authority and follow the requirements of Appendix “F”

mentioned above.

2. Interaction with the Authority

a. During the course of the project, especially during the engineering and design

phase, the Contractor shall work with, but not limited to, the following Authority

groups to verify that Authority technically specific requirements are met (i.e.

typical wire types, ring terminal connectors, server / router options, etc.).

1) Discipline Engineers (Mechanical, Electrical, Computer Systems, Civil /

Structural, etc.)

2) Site Staff – Operation and Maintenance Departments

3) Code Compliance - QA/QC

a) Permitting for SCPP, Flynn, BG, STL, RMNPP and LPGP Projects

are handled through our in-house Code Compliance Group.

Permitting for the 500MW is handled thru the City of New York.

3. Installation and Commissioning Support

a. The Contractor shall arrange for equipment Manufacturer’s representative to

provide continual support during equipment’s installation and commissioning at

each site. Remote support is acceptable during equipment installation however

during commissioning; on-site support to aid in potential troubleshooting

activities shall be required.




4. Training

a. At the conclusion of the project a Bently Nevada Training representative shall

perform:

1) One (1), full day System 1 Basic Introduction / System Familiarization

training session at each of the four regions including the WPO (Five (5)

days total).

2) One (1) full day System 1 Advanced training session shall be offered at

each of the four regions including the WPO (Five (5) days total).

3) Training topics for the Basic and Advanced sessions shall be determined

as the project progresses.

a) Regions can choose to incorporate the two sessions back to back.

b) If topics chosen require additional days of training, cost adder shall

be presented to the Authority for review and approval prior to

scheduling.

4) The Authority reserves the right to video tape the training sessions

performed at site.

5. Warrantees / Licenses

a. Contractor to provide warranty per Section 2.6 of the Sensor Deployment Scope

of Services

b. Contractor shall have the ability to transfer all software and hardware warrantees

and licenses to the Authority for their full term(s), without any encumbrances.

c. The System 1 software license shall allow for full rotating and possible future

reciprocating machinery (currently SCPP / Flynn only) monitoring and

diagnostics.

1) A La-Cart style licensing, in which full software functionality is impeded

until subsequent or additional licenses are required, is not acceptable.

6. As-Built drawing updates

a. Prior to the completion of the project but after the completion of installation, all

applicable new and existing Vendor and Authority Modified Drawings shall be

required to be As-built. As-built refers to, updating the drawings to match actual

physical installation.




b. The Contractor shall follow the Authority’s Design and Drafting protocols, as

referenced in Appendix “F” – “Computer Aided Drawing Requirements for New

York Power Authority”.

7. Project closeout

a. At the completion of the project each region shall receive 2 electronic copies of

all region specific project documentation, including but not limited to the

following shall be transferred to the Authority.

1) O&M Manuals

2) Vendor and Authority Updated As-Built Drawings (Signed and Sealed by

Licensed Professional Engineer currently registered in the State of New

York)

3) Hardware and Software License / Warrantee documentation

4) Software Electronic Backup Media (Compact Disks - CD’s / Digital

Versatile Discs – DVD’s)

5) Recommended Authority Wide Spare Parts List

6) Manufacturer’s Representative Contact Information.

b. The WPO shall receive 2 electronic copies of the above documentation package

for each of the 4 regions. The WPO shall also receive 3 sets of hardcopy Signed /

Sealed As-Built Prints for each of the 4 regions.

1.8 WORK / ITEMS PROVIDED BY SUBCONTRACTORS (IF APPLICABLE)

A. Subcontractors are bound by the same requirements as the Contractor. It is the duty of the

Contractor to make sure all of the Authority’s requirements are met and maintained throughout

the project

1.9 WORK / ITEMS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORITY

A. Provide available applicable Authority documentation for assessment.

B. Provide technical review and comments of all documentation (drawings, cut sheets, factory

acceptance testing and commissioning procedures, etc.) for equipment to be procured and

installed.

1. For new pieces of equipment, cables and wires, the Authority shall assign unique

identification numbers which follow, facility specific nomenclature requirements.

Contractor to install physical labels / tags on equipment, cables and wires.

C. Attend, as applicable, factory acceptance testing.

D. Provide technical and commercial input regarding project interaction with outside third party

entities.

1. Ex. Authority shall work with external communication companies (Verizon, etc.) if

required due to project remote bandwidth requirements.




E. Provide outage schedules for inspection access.

F. Provide escorted access to the equipment, during scheduled visits. This shall include all

necessary LOTO and Safety protection to properly assess and eventually install the equipment.

G. Receive, unload and store project equipment within a dry warehouse.

1.10 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. All work, tests and measurements shall comply with the general conditions and the following

U.S. standards where applicable, and other standards and requirements referred to in these

Specifications, including such revisions as are in effect on the date of award:

1. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)

2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)

3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

4. American Petroleum Institute (API)

5. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)

6. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

8. American Welding Society (AWS)

9. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR Title 29)

10. Factory Mutual (FM)

11. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

12. International organization for Standardization (ISO)

13. National Electrical Code (NEC)

14. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

15. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

16. New York State Building Codes and Referenced Standards

17. New York City Building Codes

18. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC)

19. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA)

20. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standards

21. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

22. North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC)

23. NERC CIP (Critical Infrastructure Protection) Standard Version 5 or Latest

B. Be knowledgeable of the current provisions and intent of all applicable federal, state and local

Codes and Regulations as well as Industry Standards.

C. In the event of a conflict between the text of this Specification and the reference standards cited

above, the more stringent requirement shall be applied.




1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality Assurance Program

1. The Contractor shall submit an ISO 9000 Quality Assurance (QA) Program, or Authority

approved equal with the bid proposal. The QA Program shall include an Organization

Chart indicating the applicable management structure, engineering, procurement, project

management, fabrication, supervision and inspection departments. The organization

chart shall indicate how these personnel interface and provide a description of their

responsibilities along with their experience records. All inspection personnel shall be

independent of the field and shop fabrication personnel and production supervision.

2. The Authority will review and approve the Contractor’s QA Program and may request

changes during contract negotiations and during the contracted work.

3. The Contractor shall adhere to the approved QA Program and to the Construction

Inspection / Monitoring Program (CI/MP), attached to the Division 1 Specification, The

Contractor shall use sample the sample provided to develop a Job Specific CI/MP.

B. Quality Inspections

1. The Authority shall have full access to the Contractor’s facilities, as well as the facilities

of its Subcontractors and suppliers for the purpose of assessing conformance to the

quality requirements.

2. An Authority QA representative will assign a QA Representative (AQAR) to witness the

inspections, perform quality audits and /or witness test(s) for verification of work at the

manufacturer’s facilities or those of its Subcontractor(s).

3. Such personnel shall have access to any information necessary to determine progress of

engineering, procurement, production and verification of completed work along with any

related test or inspection verification records.

4. The Authority reserves the right to participate in inspections, tests or audits at the

Contractor’s facilities relating to the work and services provided under this Contract.

5. Witness and hold points will be established in accordance with the ISO 9000 Inspection

and Test Plans. The Contractor is required to submit their Inspection and Test Plans as

well as their subcontractors for the Authority’s review. From this plan the Authority’s

QA or QA approved designee shall select witness and hold points. The CI/MP will have

their witness and hold points established in the programs checklists. These witness / hold

points shall be incorporated into the Contractors and their Subcontractors’ production

schedules.




a. Witness Points

1) Inspection witness points are those inspection points for which five (5)

working days’ notice must be given by the Contractor to the Authority, but

do not require the Contractor or its subcontractors to hold up on the

performance of inspections or tests if the AQAR is not available.

b. Hold Points

1) Inspection hold Inspection hold points are those inspection points for

which ten (10) working days’ notice must be given by the Contractor to

the Authority. Work shall not proceed without specific consent of the

AQAR. Written consent by the AQAR to waive specified hold points

shall be recorded prior to continuation of work beyond the designated hold

point.

2) If any inspections or test operations designated as hold points are not

witnessed by the AQAR, unless a waive has been granted in writing, the

Contractor faces rejection of the work by the Authority and must repeat

the inspections or tests for the AQAR before the work can be considered

C. Calibration Program

1. The Contractor and their Subcontractors and Suppliers shall have a calibration program

for all applicable measuring and test equipment (M&TE) and intermediate standards,

providing traceability to NIST. The program shall be documented and includes

procedure for performing in-house calibrations. The program shall include the following:

a. Each M&TE shall have a permanent unique identification number.

b. Calibration procedures shall include established intervals for the periodic

calibration, the standard to be used, the required accuracy and environmental

condition. Other acceptance criteria shall also be included.

c. Standards used for calibration shall have adequate accuracy, range, stability and

resolution for the intended use.

d. Records shall be maintained for all calibrations performed and include date of

calibration, date due and latest as-found and as-left data.

e. An identification system shall be used to provide calibration status of M&TE shall

as labels or color coding.

f. A system to recall or change the status indicator




D. Shipping Release

1. Before each shipment is made to the site, the Contractor shall submit a signed Letter of

Compliance, along with one set of testing and inspection records fully identifying the

product to be shipped and certifying that all contract Specifications have been fully

adhered to. All product non-conformances shall be submitted with their respective Letter

of Compliance. No shipments shall be made until released by the Authority’s QA

department or their approved designee.

E. Non-Conformances – Reports & Dispositions

1. The Contractor shall document procedures for methods for disposition of items and

performance that do not meet the Contract Documents requirements, or Authority

approval drawings, procedures, or drawings. This procedure and methods shall contain

provisions for:

a. Full description of the nonconforming item(s)

b. Evaluation of conforming items(s)

c. Submittal of all non-conformances’ notices to the Authority for review and

approval. These submittals shall include supplier – recommended disposition

(e.g. use-as-is or repair) and including technical justification.

1.12 ADDITIONAL PROJECT DATA

A. The information provided with this document, is to allow the Contractor to gain an

understanding of the project during the bidding phase. The Contractor shall be responsible for

verifying these, or any other provided, “for reference” information as required throughout the

project.

B. During the project the Authority shall make an effort to locate and provide Contractor requested

information. The requested information shall be specific in nature. Queries which are based in

generalities will not be entertained.

1.13 APPENDICES

A. Non-Disclosure Agreement

1. Prior to the release of any reference documentation, all interested bidders shall be

required to sign a Non-Disclosure Agreement. This document shall be provided by the

Authority’s procurement department

2. For those interested parties wishing to view the documents prior to signing the

agreement, a set shall be available for viewing only during the pre-bid site walk down.

NOTE: No drawings shall be released during the pre-bid walk down.




APPENDIX I

Existing and Proposed Equipment SENY

500MW

Data Acquisition

Existing Equipment Proposed/Additional Equipment

N/A • System 1 Server to collect all applicable 500MW data.

° Exact location within the Electronics Room

. TBD. If rack mounted, potential location in the

. new Bently 1 Cabinet.

• System 1 Evolution (EVO) static and dynamic data shall

interact with Enterprise Impact unencumbered.

Combustion Turbine / Generator (CTG) (GE 7FA DLN2.6+e)


• 3500 Series Rack Equipment

° Proximity Probes - CT bearings 1, 2 (x,y), thrust

. (two, redundant) & Keyphasor

° Proximity Probes for GEN bearings 3 and 4

. (x,y) (Exciter / Collector end)

° Velocity Sensors for CT 1 and 2 bearings (dual)

° Velocity Sensors for GEN TE (dual) and CE

. (single) bearings.

• VibroSysM

° Accelerometers for Stator Bar Vibration

• Existing equipment shall remain the same with the

addition of:

° Necessary upgrades to 3500 series cards for

. System 1 compatibility

° Bringing the Velocity Sensor data back to the

. 3500 rack (local from the MKVI VVIB cards.

. Also additional 3500 card(s) as required)

° Bringing the VibroSysM data back to the 3500

. rack (local from the VibrosysteM rack. Also

. additional 3500 cards(s) required)

• 3 x 42M Front / Cylinder Pressure I/O

. Back (12 total channels), Bently MOD

. 176590 performed on existing

. Steam Turbine Rack to make this

. combination work.




Steam Turbine / Generators (STG) (GE D11)


•3500 Series Bently Nevada Rack recently installed

(12/2016). Rack is receiving the below data. Bently

Nevada Interconnection Drawing 1BN-120006931 Rev.

E for reference.

° Proximity Probes for ST bearings 1 through 4

. (x,y), Keyphasor

° Proximity Probes - GEN bearings 5 and 6 (x,y)

° Axial (Triple)

° Proximity Probes - Differential Expansion

° Rotor Expansion (Dual)

° Eccentricity

° Casing / Shell Expansion - (LVDT into a VAIC

. MKIV Rack 0 Channel R Slot 14 J3:IS200TBAI

. 1D1 - S7/sed1)

• VibroSysM

° Accelerometers for Stator Bar Vibration

• Recently Upgraded Rack – Contractor to Advise if any

rack hardware required.

Bently Drawings as part of the recent upgrade -

Cabinet Layout - CB01-BNX-0120006931, Rev D

Electrical Interconnect - 1BN-120006931, Rev E

• An additional Casing / Shell Expansion LVDT on

the opposite side of the Front Standard for

monitoring the “crabbing” phenomenon.




Small Clean Power Plants (SCPP) and Brentwood

All SCPP Sites

Data Acquisition


N/A • System 1 Server to collect all applicable SCPP data.

• Location of Server TBD, most probable location the

500MW Electronics Room or NAES Control Room

• Brentwood to be linked to Flynn and possibly the

SCPP’s for LM6000 Fleet consistency.

• System 1 Evolution (EVO) static and dynamic data

shall interact with Enterprise Impact unencumbered.

Hell Gate (HG) & Harlem River (HR)

Combustion Turbine / Generator (CTG) (GE LM6000PC)


• 3500 Series Rack (System 1 compatible – recent 2014

upgraded from 3300 Series rack equipment)

° LP & HP CT Rotor Magnetic Speed Pickups –

. (for Keyphasor)

° Turbine & Compressor Rear Frame

. Accelerometers

° Proximity probes GEN bearings DE and NDE

. (x,y) and Keyphasor (BRUSH GENERATOR).

* Generator Keyphasor installed in 2014

. during upgrade, original Brush units were

. not provided with them.

• Configuration of Data Stream to System 1 Server.

Small Clean Power Plants (SCPP)

Kent (KT), Gowanus (GW), Pouch (PT), *Brentwood (BW) - Flynn*, ((Vernon (VN)))

Combustion Turbine / Generator (CTG) (GE LM6000PC)



° LP & HP CT Rotor Magnetic Speed Pickups –

. (for Keyphasor)

° Turbine & Compressor Rear Frame

. Accelerometers

° Proximity probes GEN bearings DE and NDE

. (x,y), NO KEYPHASOR

° PT and KT have General Electric Generators

° VN, GW & BW have Brush Generators

• Existing devices shall remain with the addition of :

° Necessary upgraded 3500 Series cards to be

. utilized with System 1.

* The already purchased, however not

. installed, TDI Communication cards

. should bring the 3500 racks at GW, BW,

. KT & PT to System 1 ready status.

° Keyphasors

* GW, BW, KT & PT have the hardware

. required to install Keyphasors.

• VN, no equipment purchased, Authority to decide if

desired.




FLYNN

Data Acquisition (Bently Nevada Data Manager 2000)

Existing Equipment Equipment On Hand to Be Installed

•Data Manager 2000 precursor to System 1 collects and

allows analysis of vibration data.

•System 1 Server to collect all applicable Flynn data

°Brentwood LM6000 to be linked to Flynn.

. Potential to also be linked to SCPP server for

. LM6000 Fleet consistency.

NOTE: Existing Software is not current, System 1

Evolution was released at time this system was

purchased and not incorporated. System 1 software

shall be upgraded to Evolution (EVO). System 1

Evolution (EVO) static and dynamic data shall

interact with Enterprise Impact unencumbered.

Combustion Turbine / Generator (CTG) (Siemens V84.2)


•3300 Series Rack Equipment

° Proximity Probes - CT bearings 1, 2 (x,y) &

. Keyphasor


. (DE / NDE)

•Vibrometer VM600 Equipment

° Accelerometers - CT 1 and 2 bearings (single)

° Accelerometers - GEN 3 (DE) and 4 (NDE)

. bearings (single)

° Pressure Transducers for CT Combustion Silos -

. Humming Detectors

• Fully outfitted 3500 series rack (to replace the 3300

Series Hardware) to be utilized with System 1

• Vibrometer VM600 Equipment and field devices shall

remain however the data shall be ported to the System 1

server.

• During our Fall 2019 Major outage Siemens shall be

installing their Fiber Optic Vibration Monitoring

(FOVM-4) system (probes and acquisition unit) for

monitoring of the generator end turn windings vibration.

Data shall be ported to the System 1 server.

Steam Turbine / Generators (STG) (Mitsubishi / GE Retrofit)



° Proximity Probes - ST bearings 1 & 2 (x,y),

. Keyphasor


° Rotor Position, Axial (Dual)

° Differential Expansion

° Eccentricity

° Casing Expansion (Local only)

• Existing devices shall remain with the addition of a

fully outfitted 3500 series rack (to replace the 3300 Series

Hardware) to be utilized with System 1

• Siemens Fiber Optic Vibration Monitoring (FOVM-4)

system for monitoring of the generator end turn windings

vibration will be operational in 2018. Data shall be

ported to the System 1 server.




APPENDIX II

Existing and Proposed Equipment BG

Blenheim Gilboa (BG)

Data Acquisition


System 1 Server collecting various turbine / generator

data.

• Existing server hardware and some of the software is at

its stage of obsolescence. A new server with the latest

System 1 evolution software suite to be instituted. The

software shall be able to transfer static data to the

existing PI system through an OPC server / client

relationship. System 1 Evolution (EVO) static and

dynamic data shall interact with Enterprise Impact

unencumbered.

Turbine / Generator (Pumping & Generating) (Hitachi / GE)


• 3500 Series Rack – Units 1 - 4

° Proximity Probes (Hydro 46M Card)

•Turbine Guide Shaft Vibration (x,y)

•Generator Upper Guide Shaft Vibration (x,y)

•Generator Lower Guide Shaft Vibration (x,y)

° Proximity Probes (Keyphasor 25 Card)

• Turbine Shaft Speed

° Accelerometer (Hydro 46M Card)

• Turbine Guide Shaft Seismic (x,y)

•Generator Upper Guide Shaft Seismic (x,y)

•Generator Lower Guide Shaft Seismic (x,y)

•Servo Ring Seismic (x,y (N/S/E))

•Draft Tube Seismic (x)

•Stator Frame Tangential Seismic (x)

•Stator Frame Radial Seismic (y)

° Air Gas Probes (Hydro 46M Card)

• N/S/E/W Air Gap Upper

• N/S/E/W Air Gap Lower

• All Existing devices shall remain. • Configuration of Data Stream to System 1 Server.

• Potential Non-Vibration Sensor Added to 3500 Rack.

Applicable card selection through consult with BN.

° Spherical Valve Servo Motor Oil Pressure

° Spherical Valve Differential Water Pressure

° Wicket Gate Servo Motor Oil Pressure

° Runner Band Drain Valve Oil Pressure

° Runner Band Drain Valve Water Pressure

° Bearing Oil Temperature

° Wicket Gate Stem Leakage Flow

° Head Cover Pressure

• If the amount of Non-Vibration Sensors will over fill

the 3500 Rack all the new sensors shall be landed

into another, yet to be determined, data acquisition

unit, NOT ANOTHER 3500 RACK. National

Instruments has some options which may work with

our application.




APPENDIX III

Existing and Proposed Equipment STL

St. Lawrence (STL)

Data Acquisition


Two System 1 Servers collecting various turbine /

generator data. *Two servers were required due to older

version of the system only allowing a maximum of 12

units of data to be handled.*

• Existing server hardware and some of the software is at

its stage of obsolescence. One new server with the latest

System 1 evolution software suite to be instituted. The

software shall be able to transfer static data to the

existing PI system through an OPC server / client

relationship. System 1 Evolution (EVO) static and

dynamic data shall interact with Enterprise Impact

unencumbered.

*Newer Versions of System 1 will allow all 16 units to be

handled by one server. *

Turbine / Generator


• 3500 Series Rack – Units 17–32 (1–16 Canadian Side)


•Generator Thrust (z)


•Turbine Guide Shaft Vibration (x,y)

•Generator Guide Shaft Vibration (x,y)



° Proximity Probes (Tachometer 50 Card)



•Head Cover Seismic (x)

•Stator Frame Tangential Seismic (x)

•Stator Frame Radial Seismic (y)

° Air Gap Probes (Hydro 46M Card)

• N/S/E/W Air Gap

° Temperature RTD (Temp 61 Cards)

• Top / Mid / Bottom Core Position 1








• 3500 Series Rack Cabinet Drawing 179329 Rev A,

12/27/2007, 12 sheets. This rev does not have any of the

signals laid out per channel.

• All Existing devices shall remain. • Configuration of Data Stream to System 1 Server.







APPENDIX IV

Existing and Proposed Equipment NIA

Niagara (NIA)

Robert Moses Niagara Power Project (RMNPP)

Data Acquisition


N/A

• The Authority has a license for a System 1 server which

was utilized as test case however never installed in any

capacity to collect multiple unit’s worth of data.

• One new server with the latest System 1 evolution

software suite to be instituted. The software shall be able

to transfer static data to the existing PI system through an

OPC server / client relationship. System 1 Evolution

(EVO) static and dynamic data shall interact with

Enterprise Impact unencumbered.

*The existing server license shall be evaluated to

determine if there is credit value which could be given

towards the new System 1 EVO system.*

Turbine / Generator


• 3300 Series Rack – Units 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12

° Proximity Probes (Dual Vib Mon – 16, X/Y Gap)

•Turbine Shaft Vibration (x,y)

•Generator Shaft Vibration (x,y)

° Proximity Probes (System Mon – 03 Card)

• Turbine Shaft Speed • 3500 Series Rack – Units 2, 4, 8, 9, 13







• Head Cover Acceleration

• Stator Radial Acceleration

• Stator Tangential Acceleration




• All Existing devices shall remain and additional shall be

incorporated as unit is available.

• 3300 Series Racks shall be replaced by 3500 racks. All

of the devices which are currently incorporated into the

existing 3500 racks plus others which are desired to be

updated on all units, shall be listed below.

• 3500 Series Racks which are existing shall be verified

System 1 Compatible.

Additional New Devices


• Shaft Axial on Generator (z)

• Exciter Shaft Vibration (x,y)










Lewiston Pump Generating Plant (LPGP)

Data Acquisition


N/A • One new server with the latest System 1 evolution

software suite to be instituted. The software shall be able

to transfer static data to the existing PI system through an

OPC server / client relationship. System 1 Evolution

(EVO) static and dynamic data shall interact with

Enterprise Impact unencumbered.

Turbine / Generator (Pumping & Generating)


• No Vibration Rack / Equipment – Units 1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 10

• 3500 Series Rack – Units 2, 4, 8, 9, 13









• Units with No Vibration Equipment are being upgraded

with 3500 Series Racks (System 1 compliance needs

verification) as well as a vibration sensor suite. These

upgrades are occurring as part of a long term Life

Extension Modernization Program (LEM).

• 3500 Series Racks which are existing shall be verified

System 1 Compatible.

Additional New Devices


• Shaft Axial on Generator (z)

• Exciter Shaft Vibration (x,y)










APPENDIX V

CYBER SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 Cyber Security Requirements

1.1 APPLICABLE STANDARDS

A. The Authority will be required to install, operate, and maintain the Vibration / Data Acquisition,

Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System in accordance with applicable internal Authority

Cyber Security Policies and Procedures and applicable NERC Critical Infrastructure Protection

(CIP) standards.

B. Applicable NERC Cyber Security standards that will directly impact Vibration / Data

Acquisition, Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System management are NERC CIP 003, 005,

007 and 009.

C. These standards are currently under revision. Also, the status of the Vibration / Data

Acquisition, Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System facility under these standards is

reviewed on an annual basis and is subject to change. Therefore, the capability of the provided

system shall be such that it will be possible for the Authority to meet the requirements set forth

in the NERC Critical Infrastructure Protection standard CIP-002-3 as if the Vibration / Data

Acquisition, Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System contains Critical Assets. This means

that cyber assets (including PLCs, HMI and other computer devices) directly associated with the

Vibration / Data Acquisition, Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System shall be managed as

per NERC CIP rules for Critical Cyber Assets.

D. Prospective bidders should also be aware that staff participating in startup and support activities

will be required to utilize individual login accounts and undergo background checks as described

in the commercial terms and conditions.

1.2 SPECIFICATION INTENT

A. It is the intent of this Specification that the Authority will be able to meet the NERC-CIP Cyber

Security control, management, and record keeping requirements for the Vibration / Data

Acquisition, Monitoring, & Analysis / Diagnostic System as if the station were classified as a

critical asset, without having to resort to manual methods, periodic reviews or externally driven

administrative procedures. As an example, where a policy requires that passwords for privileged

user account(s) be changed every 90 days, the account(s) shall be configured to warn and then

automatically expire and prompt the user to change the password after 90 days.

B. Bidders should include whatever additional hardware, documentation, procedures and software

(e.g. servers running code management software to manage code and perform backups.) required

to meet these specifications as part of their proposals.




1.3 SYSTEM SECURITY ARCHITECTURE

A. CYBER ASSET HARDENING

1. ACCOUNTS AND PRIVILEGES

a. The VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION, MONITORING, & ANALYSIS /

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM computers must have the capability to manage user

accounts, manage user rights, and log access to the account and user rights

database. User accounts must be configured for minimum rights for the

respective user to accomplish their tasks. The root/Administrator accounts shall

not be enabled for remote login. None of the delivered platforms may be

delivered with standard default passwords, and all interactive accounts must

utilize passwords.

b. As a minimum it is expected that the following levels of user rights will be

provided for:

1) Unprivileged User: This account does not provide any write capabilities

except to the users home directory. It is expected that the main use for this

account would be for automatic startup/login of operator consoles. (Note

that in this case access to VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION,

MONITORING, & ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM functionality

is controlled via the HMI application.) It shall not be possible to elevate

the rights for this user.

2) Privileged Support User: This will allow write access to the main

VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION, MONITORING, & ANALYSIS /

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM computer system directories for the purpose of

changing data files, replacing executable files, etc. Access to critical O/S

files such as password files, network files and configuration files (e.g.

SSH configuration files) will not be allowed. It shall be possible to

elevate the privileges of this user.

3) Privileged Admin User: This shall allow full access to the system files.

4) Application/System: Account(s) that the VIBRATION / DATA

ACQUISITION, MONITORING, & ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC

SYSTEM HMI software, as well as PLC support software, run under shall

be provided with the minimum privileges required for operation, and shall

not be enabled for interactive access.




2. Minimum O/S Installations

a. It is expected that the Contractor will perform a detailed analysis of his software

to determine exactly what programs, libraries, and services are utilized by his

programs and any third party programs provided as part of this project. This list

will be specific to each node (e.g. Software Support Node) or type of node (e.g.


DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM HMI).

b. That information will be compared against the O/S install on each node and a list

of programs, libraries and services to be removed/disabled for each node or type

of node will be generated. The software to be removed and/or disabled shall

include, but is not limited to:

1) Games

2) Device drivers for network devices not delivered

3) Messaging services (e.g., MSN, AOL IM, etc.)

4) Servers or clients for unused Internet services

5) Software compilers in all user workstations and servers except for

development workstations and servers.

6) Software compilers for languages that are not used in the control system

7) Unused networking and communications protocols

8) Unused administrative utilities, diagnostics, network management, and

system management functions

9) Unused document processing utilities (Microsoft Word, Excel,

PowerPoint, Adobe Acrobat, OpenOffice, etc.).

c. System Integration is not considered complete until this hardening is done. The

Authority shall perform an inspection and perform scans to verify that the scans

match the hardening documentation.




3. Ports and Services

a. The vendor must deliver each computer capable of supporting a network

communication protocol with minimal activation of network services or ports in

order to properly operate in VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION,

MONITORING, & ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM mode. The vendor

will list the required network ports and the associated VIBRATION / DATA

ACQUISITION, MONITORING, & ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

applications that require them. The vendor will be required to update this list

throughout the warranty period when any modifications or upgrades to the


DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM are implemented.

4. Malware Detection

a. Each node will be provided with appropriate software to guard against the

inadvertent or malicious installation or running of unauthorized software.

Examples of appropriate software would include A/V software for workstations

and servers, and white-list applications in some server environments.

B. SYSTEM SEGREGATION

1. The core VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION, MONITORING, & ANALYSIS /

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM assets that provide the main functionality shall be isolated via

firewall(s) from all external connections during development and system integration.

This is meant to limit exposure to potential cyber threats. The vendor shall also provide

the DMZ networks required to support configuration and testing. The Authority provided

firewalls shall be provided to link the vendor supplied system to the Authority’s

resources. Those firewalls shall be configured to provide the vendor provided DMZ

networks as per vendor documentation. The Authority’s current firewalls are Cisco

ASA5500 Series.

2. Support hardware such as development server, database management node, external

support gateway and other equipment shall be segregated onto a DMZ network. The

Authority shall provide network hardware (router or firewall) which shall be configured

to allow the minimum ports and services between individual asset nodes as per

Contractor provided security documentation.

3. Additional isolated network DMZ segments that shall be provided include an external

access DMZ that will include historian and reporting nodes. Again, the Authority will

configure the network hardware for minimum traffic as per vendor documentation.




C. SECURITY SUPPORT INFRASTRUCTURE

1. While the Authority shall be providing and configuring all network/access control

hardware associated with the VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION, MONITORING, &

ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM Electronic Security Perimeter (ESP), the

Contractor is required to provide all other hardware and systems to support all other

security activities including logging, backup, recovery, password management,

patch/update management and periodic security assessments. It is expected that this

equipment shall be installed on a DMZ network segment, not on the VIBRATION /

DATA ACQUISITION, MONITORING, & ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

LAN.

2. This includes the following equipment:

a. Backup Server: A server with a large (suitable for storing multiple copies of all


DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM node backups) RAID disk array shall be provided with

backup software that will allow the periodic complete backups over the


DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM LAN and incremental snapshot backups of the online

system nodes (e.g. every midnight). This system shall also provide for automatic

restoration and rollback.

b. Password Management: A facility is to be provided to make password changes on

all the production nodes at once.

c. Centralized A/V (Anti-Virus) Update/Management: Similar to the O/S update

server, a centralized node for collecting A/V results and updating signatures shall

be provided. Virus scan positive results should be logged as security events.

d. Security Logging: The vendor shall configure each critical system node and the

network switches for the main VIBRATION / DATA ACQUISITION,

MONITORING, & ANALYSIS / DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM LAN to generate, as

system events, login/logout, password change and other security related

information each nodes OS logging facility (e.g. syslog) and forward that

information to a central Authority provided logging/monitoring facility.

Depending on each switch or system node this may require the purchase of

additional software (e.g. agents to install on remote nodes). It is also required that

the Contractor provide a single node, to be installed on the DMZ that collects all

the event information, stores it for a minimum of 100 days in addition to

forwarding it on to the Authority’s Security Operations Center (SOC).

40

ATTACHMENT P – ASSET MANAGEMENT REQUIRED FIELDS